[go: up one dir, main page]

HK1249126B - Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies - Google Patents

Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies Download PDF

Info

Publication number
HK1249126B
HK1249126B HK18108720.0A HK18108720A HK1249126B HK 1249126 B HK1249126 B HK 1249126B HK 18108720 A HK18108720 A HK 18108720A HK 1249126 B HK1249126 B HK 1249126B
Authority
HK
Hong Kong
Prior art keywords
adhesive
electro
polyurethane
group
optionally substituted
Prior art date
Application number
HK18108720.0A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
HK1249126A1 (en
Inventor
E‧布佐夫耶
D‧D‧米勒
吴紫燕
Original Assignee
伊英克公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 伊英克公司 filed Critical 伊英克公司
Publication of HK1249126A1 publication Critical patent/HK1249126A1/en
Publication of HK1249126B publication Critical patent/HK1249126B/en

Links

Description

用于电光组件的聚氨酯粘合剂层Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optical components

相关申请的引用Citation of Related Applications

本申请要求2015年9月30日提交的申请号为62/235,480的美国申请以及2015年10月1日提交的申请号为62/235,580的美国申请的优先权。这两个申请以及下文提到的所有其它美国专利以及公开的和共同未决的申请的全部内容通过引用整体并入本文。This application claims priority to U.S. Application No. 62/235,480, filed September 30, 2015, and U.S. Application No. 62/235,580, filed October 1, 2015. The entire contents of both of these applications, as well as all other U.S. patents and published and co-pending applications referenced below, are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

背景background

聚氨酯在很多种应用中有用途,例如用作粘合剂。粘合剂可以用于电光组件,其中电光组件通常包括多个功能层,并且可用于形成显示器,如电泳显示器。这样的组件可包括电光材料层、前板和背板。电光材料通常在对该材料施加不同电场时具有至少两种显示状态,所述至少两种显示状态的至少一种光学性质(例如透光性、反射性、发光性)是不同的。电光显示器可具有良好的亮度和对比度、宽视角、双稳态性和低功耗的属性。Polyurethane has purposes in many kinds of applications, for example, as adhesive.Adhesive can be used for electro-optical assembly, and wherein electro-optical assembly comprises a plurality of functional layers usually, and can be used for forming display, as electrophoretic display.Such assembly can comprise electro-optical material layer, front plate and back plate.Electro-optical material has at least two display states usually when different electric fields are applied to this material, and at least one optical property (for example light transmittance, reflectivity, luminescence) of described at least two display states is different.Electro-optical display can have the attribute of good brightness and contrast, wide viewing angle, bistability and low power consumption.

在一些情况下,电光组件利用粘合剂将不同的层粘附在一起(例如将电光材料层粘附到前板和/或背板)。这样的粘合剂通常是本领域中已知的,并且可以包括例如热熔型粘合剂和/或湿涂层粘合剂,如聚氨酯基粘合剂。粘合剂通常要求良好的粘附强度,同时具有不阻碍电光显示器运行的特定性质(例如电性质、机械性质、热性质)。然而,仍需要具有改进的性质的粘合剂。In some cases, electro-optical assembly utilizes adhesive that different layers are adhered together (for example, electro-optical material layer is adhered to front plate and/or back plate).Such adhesive is normally known in the art, and can comprise for example hot melt adhesive and/or wet coating adhesive, such as polyurethane-based adhesive.Adhesive requires good adhesion strength usually, has the specific property (for example electrical property, mechanical property, thermal property) that does not hinder the operation of electro-optical display simultaneously.Yet, still need to have the adhesive of improved character.

概述Overview

本发明是用于电光组件的聚氨酯粘合剂材料。聚氨酯粘合剂通常至少包含封端环状碳酸酯基团,然而,其可以包含另外的功能元素和/或交联剂。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂通过两个或更多个固化步骤形成。每个固化步骤可以包括例如粘合剂的交联、粘合剂的热塑性干燥、粘合剂的封端、粘合剂的扩链和/或其组合,使得粘合剂在每个固化步骤中经历至少一次固化。The present invention is a polyurethane adhesive material for electro-optical components. The polyurethane adhesive generally comprises at least an end-capped cyclic carbonate group, but it may comprise additional functional elements and/or a cross-linking agent. In some embodiments, the adhesive is formed by two or more curing steps. Each curing step may comprise, for example, cross-linking of the adhesive, thermoplastic drying of the adhesive, end-capping of the adhesive, chain extension of the adhesive, and/or a combination thereof, so that the adhesive undergoes at least one curing step.

在一个方面,公开了用于电光组件的聚氨酯粘合剂层。在一些实施方案中,聚氨酯具有环状碳酸酯封端基团。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂包含聚氨酯和丙烯酸官能团。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂包含第一反应性官能团和第二反应性官能团,其中反应性官能团中的至少一种具有大于约2德拜的偶极矩。In one aspect, a polyurethane adhesive layer for an electro-optical assembly is disclosed. In some embodiments, the polyurethane has cyclic carbonate end-capping groups. In some embodiments, the adhesive comprises polyurethane and acrylic acid functional groups. In some embodiments, the adhesive comprises a first reactive functional group and a second reactive functional group, wherein at least one of the reactive functional groups has a dipole moment greater than about 2 debyes.

在下面的详细描述中描述了本发明的其它方面和各种非限制性实施方案。在本说明书和通过引用并入的文件包括矛盾和/或不一致的公开内容的情况下,以本说明书为准。如果通过引用并入的两篇或更多篇文件包括相互之间矛盾和/或不一致的公开内容,则以生效日较晚的文件为准。Other aspects and various non-limiting embodiments of the present invention are described in the detailed description below. In the event that this specification and the documents incorporated by reference include contradictory and/or inconsistent disclosures, this specification shall prevail. If two or more documents incorporated by reference include contradictory and/or inconsistent disclosures, the document with the later effective date shall prevail.

附图的简单说明Brief description of the accompanying drawings

将参考以下附图来描述本申请的各个方面和实施方案。应该理解的是,附图不一定按比例绘制。Various aspects and embodiments of the present application will be described with reference to the following drawings.It should be understood that the drawings are not necessarily drawn to scale.

图1A-1E是包括粘合剂层的电光组件的示意图。1A-1E are schematic diagrams of electro-optical assemblies including adhesive layers.

图2例示了可以用于产生电光组件的粘合层的封端试剂。FIG. 2 illustrates capping agents that may be used to create an adhesion layer for an electro-optical assembly.

图3例示了可以用于产生用于电光组件的粘合剂层的扩链试剂。FIG. 3 illustrates chain extension agents that can be used to create adhesive layers for electro-optical assemblies.

图4例示了可以用于固化电光组件中的粘合剂层的反应。FIG. 4 illustrates a reaction that may be used to cure an adhesive layer in an electro-optical assembly.

图5A是外涂布在电光层上的实验性聚氨酯的调整的白色状态(WS)30秒图像稳定性的图。5A is a graph of the tuned white state (WS) 30 second image stability of an experimental polyurethane overcoated on an electro-optical layer.

图5B是外涂布在电光层上的实验性聚氨酯的调整的暗状态(DS)30秒图像稳定性轨迹的图。5B is a graph of the tuned dark state (DS) 30 second image stability trace of an experimental polyurethane overcoated on an electro-optical layer.

图6是外涂布到电光层的具有各种含量的环状碳酸酯端基(CCARB)的粘合剂的调整的30秒白色状态(WS)图像稳定性的图。6 is a graph of the adjusted 30 second white state (WS) image stability of adhesives having various levels of cyclic carbonate end groups (CCARB) overcoated to an electro-optical layer.

图7是外涂布到电光层的粘合剂的调整的30秒WS L*的漂移相对于环状碳酸酯封端基团的摩尔百分比的图。图7表明降低30秒WS L*漂移的环状碳酸酯的最佳范围。Figure 7 is a graph of the adjusted 30 second WS L* drift versus the mole percentage of cyclic carbonate end-groups for an adhesive overcoated to an electro-optic layer. Figure 7 demonstrates the optimal range of cyclic carbonates that reduce the 30 second WS L* drift.

图8是外涂布在电光层上的吡咯烷酮(HEP)和环状碳酸酯(CCARB)粘合剂的调整的30秒WS图像稳定性的漂移的图。8 is a graph of the drift in adjusted 30 second WS image stability for pyrrolidone (HEP) and cyclic carbonate (CCARB) adhesives overcoated on an electro-optic layer.

图9是标准水性聚氨酯分散体粘合剂(对照)和具有酸官能团(CCARB/酸)的环状碳酸酯聚氨酯粘合剂的WS L*相对于脉冲长度的图。根据一组实施方案,与被层压到相同油墨的水性聚氨酯分散体(对照)相比,两种粘合剂均被外涂布到电光层。Figure 9 is a graph of WS L* versus pulse length for a standard aqueous polyurethane dispersion adhesive (control) and a cyclic carbonate polyurethane adhesive with acid functionality (CCARB/acid). According to one set of embodiments, both adhesives were overcoated to an electro-optical layer compared to an aqueous polyurethane dispersion laminated to the same ink (control).

图10是包含各种官能团的聚氨酯粘合剂层在25℃下的L*的白色状态(WS)漂移(L*δWS)相对于电应力时间的图。10 is a graph of the white state (WS) shift (L*δWS) of L* at 25° C. versus electrical stress time for polyurethane adhesive layers containing various functional groups.

图11是与以约4密耳(mil)涂布的市售水性聚氨酯分散体粘合剂相比,以低和高干燥粘合剂涂层重量涂布的环状碳酸酯聚氨酯(CCARB)的WS 30秒调整的图像稳定性轨迹的图。11 is a graph of WS 30 second adjusted image stability traces of cyclic carbonate polyurethane (CCARB) coated at low and high dry adhesive coat weights compared to a commercial waterborne polyurethane dispersion adhesive coated at approximately 4 mils.

图12显示了通过阶段I(“第一固化”)和阶段II(“第二固化”)固化的混合聚氨酯粘合剂在1Hz下的储存(G’)和损失(G”)剪切模量曲线。Figure 12 shows the storage (G') and loss (G") shear modulus curves at 1 Hz for hybrid polyurethane adhesives cured through Stage I ("first cure") and Stage II ("second cure").

图13是以8g/m2涂布有混合粘合剂的电极/电光层/粘合剂层堆叠在固化后在100x放大倍率下的SEM显微照片。该显微照片说明粘合剂层可以以良好的平面性施加并且堆叠的总厚度增加最小。Figure 13 is an SEM micrograph at 100x magnification of an electrode/electro-optical layer/adhesive layer stack coated with a mixed adhesive at 8 g/ m2 after curing. This micrograph illustrates that the adhesive layer can be applied with good planarity and minimal increase in the overall thickness of the stack.

图14是以8g/m2涂布有混合粘合剂的电极/电光层/粘合剂层堆叠在固化后在1000x放大倍率下的SEM显微照片。FIG. 14 is a SEM micrograph at 1000× magnification of an electrode/electro-optical layer/adhesive layer stack coated with a mixed adhesive at 8 g/m 2 after curing.

图15显示了使聚氨酯(PU)与交联剂反应的示例性方案。FIG15 shows an exemplary scheme for reacting polyurethane (PU) with a cross-linking agent.

图16是未固化和固化(通过阶段II)的交联的环状碳酸酯聚氨酯(X-CCARB)粘合剂在1Hz下的储存(G’)和损耗(G”)剪切模量曲线的图。16 is a graph of storage (G′) and loss (G″) shear modulus curves at 1 Hz for uncured and cured (via Stage II) cross-linked cyclic carbonate polyurethane (X-CCARB) adhesives.

图17A-17B分别是以7g/m2涂布有交联的环状碳酸酯聚氨酯的电极/电光层/粘合剂层堆叠在固化后在100x和1000x放大倍率下的SEM显微照片,说明电光层的总厚度在包含粘合剂的情况下仅最低限度地增加。17A-17B are SEM micrographs at 100x and 1000x magnification, respectively, of an electrode/electro-optic layer/adhesive layer stack coated with a cross-linked cyclic carbonate polyurethane at 7 g/m 2 after curing, illustrating that the overall thickness of the electro-optic layer is only minimally increased with the inclusion of the adhesive.

本发明的其它方面、实施方案和特征当结合附图考虑时将根据以下详细描述变得显而易见。Other aspects, embodiments, and features of the present invention will become apparent from the following detailed description when considered in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

详述Details

本发明包括一类新的聚氨酯粘合剂层,其非常适合被加入电光组件,例如封装的电泳显示器中。聚氨酯粘合剂通常至少包含环状碳酸酯基团,然而,其可以包含另外的功能元素和/或交联剂。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂通过两个或更多个固化步骤形成。每个固化步骤可以包括例如粘合剂的交联、粘合剂的热塑性干燥、粘合剂的封端、粘合剂的扩链和/或其组合,使得该粘合剂在每个固化步骤中经历至少一次固化。The present invention includes a new polyurethane adhesive layer of a class, which is very suitable for being added to electro-optical components, for example in the electrophoretic display of encapsulation. The polyurethane adhesive comprises at least a cyclic carbonate group usually, yet it can comprise other functional elements and/or cross-linking agents. In some embodiments, the adhesive is formed by two or more curing steps. Each curing step can comprise for example crosslinking of adhesive, thermoplastic drying of adhesive, end-capping of adhesive, chain extension of adhesive and/or its combination, so that this adhesive undergoes at least one solidification in each curing step.

粘合剂可以包含至少一种类型的封端试剂和/或至少一种类型的扩链试剂。在某些实施方案中,粘合剂包含两种或更多种反应性官能团(例如设计成与一种或多种固化物质反应,使得例如该两种或更多种反应性官能团中的至少一种形成固化部分,如交联的反应性官能团)。在一些情况下,粘合剂包含丙烯酸。在某些实施方案中,粘合剂为包含两种或更多种类型的粘合剂材料的混合粘合剂(例如包含聚氨酯与丙烯酸的混合粘合剂)。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂是通过在两组不同条件下固化两种或更多种粘合剂材料形成的。例如,在示例性实施方案中,粘合剂包含通过热塑性干燥而固化的丙烯酸,以及通过与该丙烯酸的反应(例如通过与丙烯酸的交联)而固化的聚氨酯。Adhesive can comprise at least one type of end-capping agent and/or at least one type of chain extension agent.In certain embodiments, adhesive comprises two or more reactive functional groups (for example, is designed to react with one or more curing materials so that for example at least one of these two or more reactive functional groups forms a cured portion, such as a crosslinked reactive functional group). In some cases, adhesive comprises acrylic acid. In certain embodiments, adhesive is a mixed adhesive (for example, comprising polyurethane and acrylic acid mixed adhesive) for comprising two or more types of adhesive materials. In some embodiments, adhesive is formed by curing two or more adhesive materials under two groups of different conditions. For example, in an exemplary embodiment, adhesive comprises the acrylic acid cured by thermoplastic drying, and the polyurethane cured by reacting with this acrylic acid (for example, by with acrylic acid crosslinking).

还总体上提供了形成粘合剂和粘合剂层的方法。在一些实施方案中,该方法包括通过使一种或多种反应性官能团与一种或多种固化物质反应(例如使粘合剂与第一固化物质反应,随后使粘合剂与第二固化物质反应)来固化粘合剂。例如,固化粘合剂可以包括通过使一种或多种反应性官能团与固化物质如交联试剂反应而交联粘合剂。反应性官能团和固化物质类型在本文中更详细描述。在一些情况下,固化粘合剂可以包括粘合剂的交联、粘合剂的热塑性干燥、粘合剂的封端、粘合剂的扩链和/或其组合。在某些实施方案中,固化粘合剂包括第一固化步骤和第二固化步骤(例如,其中每个固化步骤包括使反应性官能团与一种或多种固化物质反应)。在一些情况下,在第一固化步骤之后且在第二固化步骤之前,将基板(例如剥离层、电光层)粘附到粘合剂。Also generally provide the method for forming adhesive and adhesive layer.In some embodiments, the method comprises by making one or more reactive functional groups and one or more curing material reaction (for example, make adhesive and the first curing material reaction, then make adhesive and the second curing material reaction) come curing adhesive.For example, curing adhesive can comprise by making one or more reactive functional groups and curing material such as cross-linking reagent reaction and crosslinking adhesive.Reactive functional group and curing material type are described in more detail in this article.In some cases, curing adhesive can comprise the crosslinking of adhesive, the thermoplastic drying of adhesive, the end blocking of adhesive, the chain extension and/or its combination of adhesive.In certain embodiments, curing adhesive comprises the first curing step and the second curing step (for example, wherein each curing step comprises making reactive functional group and one or more curing material reaction).In some cases, after the first curing step and before the second curing step, substrate (for example peeling layer, electro-optical layer) is adhered to adhesive.

粘合剂可用于许多应用中,包括但不限于用于电光组件的材料(例如作为粘合剂层)。电光组件可形成电光显示器,如电泳显示器。如上所述,电光组件通常包括多个功能层,其包括但不限于前板电极(例如其可以包括涂布有导电材料的聚合物膜)、背板电极(例如其可以包括电极、电路和/或支撑层)和电光材料层。电光材料层可以包含电光材料,其具有第一和第二显示状态,所述第一和第二显示状态的至少一种光学性质(例如透光性、反射性、发光性)是不同的,通过向材料施加电场而使该材料从其第一显示状态变成第二显示状态。例如在一些电泳显示器中,电光材料层可包括多个分布在粘结剂中的囊。该囊可包括其中悬浮带电油墨颗粒(例如黑色和白色油墨颗粒)的澄清流体。油墨颗粒在囊内响应电场而移位,以产生显示的影像。Adhesives can be used in many applications, including but not limited to materials for electro-optical components (e.g., as adhesive layers). Electro-optical components can form electro-optical displays, such as electrophoretic displays. As described above, electro-optical components typically include multiple functional layers, including but not limited to a front plate electrode (e.g., which may include a polymer film coated with a conductive material), a back plate electrode (e.g., which may include electrodes, circuitry, and/or a support layer), and an electro-optical material layer. The electro-optical material layer may include an electro-optical material having a first and a second display state, wherein at least one optical property (e.g., transmittance, reflectivity, luminescence) of the first and second display states is different, and the material is caused to change from its first display state to its second display state by applying an electric field to the material. For example, in some electrophoretic displays, the electro-optical material layer may include a plurality of capsules distributed in a binder. The capsules may include a clear fluid in which charged ink particles (e.g., black and white ink particles) are suspended. The ink particles shift within the capsules in response to the electric field to produce a displayed image.

当应用于材料或显示器时,术语“电光的”在本文中以其在成像领域中的常规含义使用,指具有在至少一种光学性质上不同的第一和第二显示状态的材料,通过向材料施加电场,该材料从其第一显示状态变到其第二显示状态。尽管光学性质通常为人眼能感知的颜色,但它也可以为另一光学性质,诸如透光性、反射性和发光性,或者在意图用于机读的显示器的情况下,为可见光范围以外的电磁波长的反射性改变意义上的伪色。The term "electro-optical" as applied to a material or display is used herein in its conventional sense in the field of imaging to refer to a material having first and second display states that differ in at least one optical property, the material being changed from its first display state to its second display state by application of an electric field to the material. While the optical property is typically color as perceived by the human eye, it may also be another optical property, such as light transmission, reflectivity, and luminescence, or, in the case of displays intended for machine reading, a false color in the sense of altered reflectivity at electromagnetic wavelengths outside the visible range.

术语“灰色状态”在本文以其在成像领域中的常规含义使用,指像素的两种极端光学状态的中间状态,而并非一定意味着这两种极端状态之间的黑-白转换。例如,本文中引用的若干伊英克(E Ink)的专利和公开的申请描述了电泳显示器(EPID),其中极端状态为白色和深蓝色,使得中间的“灰色状态”实际上将为淡蓝色。实际上,如已经提及的,光学状态的改变可以根本不是颜色改变。术语“黑色”和“白色”可在下文中用于指显示器的两种极端光学状态,且应被理解为一般包括非严格的黑色与白色的极端光学状态,例如上述的白色状态和深蓝色状态。术语“单色”在下文中可用于表示驱动方案,其仅将像素驱动至其两个极端光学状态,而没有介于中间的灰色状态。The term "gray state" is used herein in its conventional sense in the field of imaging to refer to a state intermediate between two extreme optical states of a pixel, and does not necessarily imply a black-to-white transition between the two extreme states. For example, several of the E Ink patents and published applications cited herein describe electrophoretic displays (EPIDs) in which the extreme states are white and dark blue, such that the intermediate "gray state" will actually be light blue. In fact, as already mentioned, the change in optical state may not be a color change at all. The terms "black" and "white" may be used hereinafter to refer to the two extreme optical states of a display, and should be understood to generally include extreme optical states that are not strictly black and white, such as the white state and dark blue state described above. The term "monochrome" may be used hereinafter to refer to a drive scheme that drives a pixel only to its two extreme optical states, without an intermediate gray state.

术语“双稳态的”和“双稳态性”在本文以其在本领域中的常规含义使用,指包括具有在至少一种光学性质上不同的第一和第二显示状态的显示元件的显示器,并且使得借助有限持续时间的寻址脉冲驱动任意给定元件以呈现其第一或第二显示状态后,在寻址脉冲终止后,该状态将持续改变显示元件的状态所需的寻址脉冲最小持续时间的至少若干倍,例如,至少4倍。第7,170,670号美国专利中显示,一些基于颗粒的能显示灰阶的电泳显示器不仅在其极端的黑色和白色状态下稳定,而且在其中间灰色状态下也是稳定的,对于一些其它类型的电光显示器事实也是如此。尽管为了方便起见,术语“双稳态的”在本文可被用于涵盖双稳态和多稳态显示器两者,但这类显示器适合被称作“多稳态的”,而非“双稳态的”。The terms "bistable" and "bistability" are used herein in their conventional sense in the art to refer to a display comprising display elements having first and second display states that differ in at least one optical property, such that after any given element is driven to assume its first or second display state by an addressing pulse of finite duration, that state persists after termination of the addressing pulse for at least several times, for example, at least four times, the minimum duration of the addressing pulse required to change the state of the display element. U.S. Patent No. 7,170,670 shows that some particle-based electrophoretic displays capable of displaying grayscale are stable not only in their extreme black and white states, but also in their intermediate gray states, as is true for some other types of electro-optical displays. Although, for convenience, the term "bistable" may be used herein to cover both bistable and multistable displays, such displays are properly referred to as "multistable" rather than "bistable."

几种类型的电光显示器是已知的。一种类型的电光显示器为旋转双色部件型,如例如在第5,808,783、5,777,782、5,760,761、6,054,071、6,055,091、6,097,531、6,128,124、6,137,467和6,147,791美国专利中描述的(尽管这种类型的显示器通常被称作“旋转双色球”显示器,但是术语“旋转双色部件”因更准确而是优选的,因为在一些上述专利中,旋转部件并非球形的)。这种显示器使用大量的小体(small body)(通常为球形或圆柱形的),这些小体具有两个或更多的具有不同光学特性的部分以及一个内部偶极子。这些小体悬浮在基质内的充液的液泡中,这些液泡填充有液体,使得小体自由旋转。通过向显示器施加电场,由此将小体旋转到各种位置并改变小体的部分中通过观察面被看见的那些,从而改变显示器的外观。这种类型的电光介质通常是双稳态的。Several types of electro-optical displays are known. One type of electro-optical display is a rotating two-color component type, such as described in the 5th, 808,783, 5,777,782, 5,760,761, 6,054,071, 6,055,091, 6,097,531, 6,128,124, 6,137,467 and 6,147,791 United States Patents (although this type of display is usually referred to as a "rotating two-color ball" display, the term "rotating two-color component" is more accurate and preferred because in some of the above-mentioned patents, the rotating component is not spherical). This display uses a large amount of small bodies (small bodies) (usually spherical or cylindrical), which have two or more parts with different optical properties and an internal dipole. These small bodies are suspended in a liquid-filled vacuole in the matrix, and these vacuoles are filled with liquid so that the small body can rotate freely. The appearance of the display is changed by applying an electric field to the display, thereby rotating the body to various positions and changing which parts of the body are seen through the viewing surface. This type of electro-optical medium is generally bistable.

另一类型的电光显示器使用电致变色介质,例如如下形式的电致变色介质:包括至少部分由半导体金属氧化物形成的电极和多个附着在电极上的、能够可逆地改变颜色的染料分子的纳米变色膜;参见例如O'Regan,B.等人,Nature 1991,353,737;和Wood,D.,Information Display,18(3),24(March 2002)。还参见Bach,U.等人,Adv.Mater.,2002,14(11),845。这种类型的纳米变色膜在例如第6,301,038、6,870,657和6,950,220号美国专利中也有描述。该类型的介质通常也为双稳态的。Another type of electro-optical display uses an electrochromic medium, such as an electrochromic medium in the form of a nanochromic film comprising an electrode formed at least in part from a semiconducting metal oxide and a plurality of dye molecules attached to the electrode that are capable of reversibly changing color; see, for example, O'Regan, B. et al., Nature 1991, 353, 737; and Wood, D., Information Display, 18(3), 24 (March 2002). See also Bach, U. et al., Adv. Mater., 2002, 14(11), 845. This type of nanochromic film is also described in, for example, U.S. Patents Nos. 6,301,038, 6,870,657, and 6,950,220. This type of medium is also typically bistable.

另一类型的电光显示器为飞利浦开发的电润湿显示器,其在Hayes,R.A.等人的“Video-Speed Electronic Paper Based on Electrowetting”,Nature,425,383-385(2003)中有描述。在第7,420,549号美国专利中显示,这种电润湿显示器可被制成双稳态的。Another type of electro-optical display is the electrowetting display developed by Philips and described in Hayes, R.A. et al., "Video-Speed Electronic Paper Based on Electrowetting", Nature, 425, 383-385 (2003). In U.S. Patent No. 7,420,549, it was shown that such an electrowetting display can be made bistable.

已经成为深入研究和开发了多年的对象的一种类型的电光显示器是基于颗粒的电泳显示器,其中多个带电颗粒在电场的影响下移动通过流体。当与液晶显示器相比时,电泳显示器可具有良好的亮度和对比度、宽视角、双稳态性以及低功耗的特性。不过,这些显示器的长时间图像质量的问题妨碍了它们的广泛使用。例如,组成电泳显示器的颗粒容易沉降,导致这些显示器的使用寿命不足。One type of electro-optical display that has been the subject of intensive research and development for many years is the particle-based electrophoretic display (EPD), in which multiple charged particles migrate through a fluid under the influence of an electric field. Compared to liquid crystal displays (LCDs), EPDs can offer excellent brightness and contrast, wide viewing angles, bistability, and low power consumption. However, issues with the long-term image quality of these displays have hindered their widespread adoption. For example, the particles that make up EPDs tend to settle, resulting in a short service life for these displays.

如上文所述,电泳介质需要流体的存在。在大多数现有技术的电泳介质中,这种流体为液体,但是电泳介质可以用气态流体生产;参见例如Kitamura,T.等人的“Electricaltoner movement for electronic paper-like display”,IDW Japan,2001,Paper HCSl-1,以及Yamaguchi,Y.等人的“Toner display using insulative particles chargedtriboelectrically”,IDW Japan,2001,Paper AMD4-4)。还参见第7,321,459和7,236,291号美国专利。当介质被用在允许这种沉降发生的方向,例如介质设置在垂直平面内的广告牌中时,这种基于气体的电泳介质表现出容易受到如基于液体的电泳介质那样的由于颗粒沉降产生的相同类型问题的影响。实际上,颗粒沉降在基于气体的电泳介质中表现出比在基于液体的电泳介质中更为严重的问题,因为与液态的悬浮流体相比,气态的悬浮流体的粘度更低,使得电泳颗粒的沉降更快。As mentioned above, electrophoretic media require the presence of a fluid. In most prior art electrophoretic media, this fluid is a liquid, but electrophoretic media can be produced using gaseous fluids; see, for example, Kitamura, T. et al., "Electrical toner movement for electronic paper-like display," IDW Japan, 2001, Paper HCS1-1, and Yamaguchi, Y. et al., "Toner display using insulative particles charged triboelectrically," IDW Japan, 2001, Paper AMD4-4. See also U.S. Patents Nos. 7,321,459 and 7,236,291. When the medium is used in an orientation that allows such sedimentation to occur, such as in a billboard disposed in a vertical plane, such gas-based electrophoretic media appear to be susceptible to the same types of problems caused by particle sedimentation as liquid-based electrophoretic media. In fact, particle sedimentation presents a more serious problem in gas-based electrophoretic media than in liquid-based electrophoretic media because the viscosity of the gaseous suspending fluid is lower than that of the liquid suspending fluid, causing the electrophoretic particles to sediment more quickly.

许多授让给麻省理工学院(MIT)和伊英克公司或以它们的名义的专利和申请描述了各种用于封装的电泳介质和其它电光介质的技术。这种封装的介质包括许多小囊,每个小囊自身包括包含在流体介质中的电泳式移动颗粒的内相和围绕内相的囊壁。通常,囊自身被保持在聚合物粘结剂中,以形成位于两个电极之间的粘附层。这些专利和申请中描述的技术包括:Numerous patents and applications assigned to or in the names of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and Iink Corporation describe various technologies for encapsulated electrophoretic and other electro-optical media. Such encapsulated media comprise a plurality of small capsules, each of which itself comprises an inner phase of electrophoretically mobile particles contained in a fluid medium and a capsule wall surrounding the inner phase. Typically, the capsules themselves are held in a polymer binder to form an adhesion layer positioned between two electrodes. The technologies described in these patents and applications include:

(a)电泳颗粒、流体和流体添加剂;参见例如第7,002,728和7,679,814号美国专利;(a) electrophoretic particles, fluids, and fluid additives; see, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,002,728 and 7,679,814;

(b)囊、粘结剂和封装工艺;参见例如第6,922,276和7,411,719号美国专利;(b) capsules, adhesives, and encapsulation processes; see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 6,922,276 and 7,411,719;

(c)包含电光材料的膜和子组件;参见例如第6,982,178和7,839,564号美国专利;(c) Films and subassemblies comprising electro-optical materials; see, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,982,178 and 7,839,564;

(d)背板、粘合剂层和其它辅助层以及用于显示器的方法;参见例如第7,116,318和7,535,624号美国专利;(d) Backsheets, adhesive layers, and other auxiliary layers and methods for use in displays; see, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,116,318 and 7,535,624;

(e)色彩形成和色彩调节;参见例如第7,075,502号美国专利以及第2007/0109219号美国公开专利申请;(e) color formation and color adjustment; see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 7,075,502 and U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2007/0109219;

(f)显示器的应用;参见例如第7,312,784号美国专利和第2006/0279527号美国公开专利申请;以及(f) Display applications; see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 7,312,784 and U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2006/0279527; and

(g)非电泳显示器,如第6,241,921、6,950,220、7,420,549号美国专利以及第2009/0046082号美国公开专利申请中描述的。(g) Non-electrophoretic displays, such as those described in US Pat. Nos. 6,241,921, 6,950,220, 7,420,549, and US Published Patent Application No. 2009/0046082.

许多上述专利和申请认识到,在封装的电泳介质中,围绕离散的微囊的壁可以被连续相替代,从此产生所谓的聚合物分散的电泳显示器(PDEPID),其中电泳介质包括多个离散的电泳流体小滴以及聚合物材料的连续相,且这种聚合物分散的电泳显示器中离散的电泳流体小滴可被视为囊或微囊,即使离散的囊膜与各个单一的小滴没有关联;参见例如上述第6,866,760号美国专利。因此,为了本申请的目的,这种聚合物分散的电泳介质被视为封装的电泳介质的子类别。Many of the aforementioned patents and applications recognize that in encapsulated electrophoretic media, the walls surrounding discrete microcapsules can be replaced by a continuous phase, thereby creating so-called polymer-dispersed electrophoretic displays (PDEPIDs), wherein the electrophoretic medium comprises a plurality of discrete electrophoretic fluid droplets and a continuous phase of polymer material, and wherein the discrete electrophoretic fluid droplets in such PDEPIDs can be considered capsules or microcapsules, even though discrete capsule membranes are not associated with each individual droplet; see, for example, the aforementioned U.S. Patent No. 6,866,760. Therefore, for the purposes of this application, such polymer-dispersed electrophoretic media are considered a subcategory of encapsulated electrophoretic media.

一种相关类型的电泳显示器为所谓的“微区电泳显示器(microcellelectrophoretic display)”。在微区电泳显示器中,带电颗粒和流体并不封装在微囊之中,而是保持在多个形成于载体介质,通常为聚合物膜中的空腔中。参见例如被授让给Sipix Imaging公司的第6,672,921和6,788,449号美国专利。A related type of electrophoretic display is the so-called "microcell electrophoretic display." In a microcell electrophoretic display, charged particles and fluids are not encapsulated in microcapsules, but rather are held in a plurality of cavities formed in a carrier medium, typically a polymer film. See, for example, U.S. Patents Nos. 6,672,921 and 6,788,449 assigned to Sipix Imaging.

尽管电泳介质通常为不透明的(因为例如在很多电泳介质中,颗粒基本阻挡了可见光通过显示器),且以反射模式运行,许多电泳显示器可被制成以所谓的“快门模式”运行,在快门模式中,一种显示状态为基本上不透明的,而且一种显示状态为透光的。参见例如第5,872,552、6,130,774、6,144,361、6,172,798、6,271,823、6,225,971以及6,184,856号美国专利。类似于电泳显示器但依赖于电场强度的变化的介电电泳显示器可以以类似模式运行;参见第4,418,346号美国专利。其它类型的电光显示器也能够以快门模式运行。以快门模式运行的电光介质可用在用于全色显示器的多层结构中;在这种结构中,与显示器的观察面相邻的至少一层以快门模式运行从而暴露或隐藏距离观察面更远的第二层。Although electrophoretic media are typically opaque (because, for example, in many electrophoretic media, the particles substantially block visible light from passing through the display) and operate in a reflective mode, many electrophoretic displays can be made to operate in a so-called "shutter mode," in which one display state is substantially opaque and one display state is light-transmissive. See, for example, U.S. Patents Nos. 5,872,552, 6,130,774, 6,144,361, 6,172,798, 6,271,823, 6,225,971, and 6,184,856. Dielectric electrophoretic displays, which are similar to electrophoretic displays but rely on variations in electric field strength, can operate in a similar mode; see U.S. Patent No. 4,418,346. Other types of electro-optical displays can also operate in a shutter mode. Electro-optical media operating in shutter mode may be used in multilayer structures for full color displays; in such structures, at least one layer adjacent to the viewing surface of the display is operated in shutter mode to expose or hide a second layer further from the viewing surface.

封装的电泳显示器通常不会遭遇传统电泳器件的聚集和沉降失效模式的问题,而且还提供另外的优点,如在很多种挠性和刚性基板上印刷或涂布显示器的能力(使用词语“印刷”意在包括所有形式的印刷和涂布,包括但不限于:预计量涂布,诸如小块模具涂布(patch die coating)、狭缝或挤出涂布,坡流或阶流涂布,幕式涂布;辊涂,诸如辊衬刮刀涂布、正向和反向辊涂;凹版涂布;浸渍涂布;喷涂;弯月面涂布;旋涂;刷涂;气刀涂布;丝网印刷工艺;静电印刷工艺;热印刷工艺;喷墨印刷工艺;电泳沉积(参见第7,339,715号美国专利);以及其它类似技术)。因此,所得到的显示器可以是挠性的。而且,由于显示器介质可以被印刷(使用各种方法),显示器本身能够以低廉的方式制造。Encapsulated electrophoretic displays generally do not suffer from the aggregation and sedimentation failure modes of conventional electrophoretic devices, and also offer additional advantages, such as the ability to print or coat the display on a wide variety of flexible and rigid substrates (the use of the word "printing" is intended to include all forms of printing and coating, including but not limited to: pre-metered coating, such as patch die coating, slot or extrusion coating, slope or step coating, curtain coating; roll coating, such as knife-on-roll coating, forward and reverse roll coating; gravure coating; dip coating; spray coating; meniscus coating; spin coating; brush coating; air knife coating; screen printing processes; electrostatic printing processes; thermal printing processes; inkjet printing processes; electrophoretic deposition (see U.S. Patent No. 7,339,715); and other similar technologies). Thus, the resulting display can be flexible. Moreover, because the display medium can be printed (using a variety of methods), the display itself can be manufactured inexpensively.

其它类型的电光介质也可用于本发明的显示器。基于颗粒的电光显示器和显示类似行为的其它电光显示器(为了方便,这种显示器在下文中可被称为“脉冲驱动显示器”)的双稳态或多稳态行为与传统的液晶(“LC”)显示器的双稳态或多稳态行为形成鲜明对比。扭曲向列相液晶并非双稳态或多稳态的,而是用作电压传感器,使得向这种显示器的像素施加给定的电场在该像素处产生特定的灰度级,无论在该像素处之前出现的灰度级如何。此外,LC显示器仅在一个方向上被驱动(从非透射或“黑暗”向透射或“明亮”),从较亮状态向较暗状态的反向转换受到减小或消除电场的影响。最后,LC显示器的像素的灰度级对电场的极性并不敏感,而只对其大小敏感,而且实际上,由于技术原因,商用LC显示器经常以较频繁的时间间隔反转驱动电场的极性。相反地,双稳态电光显示器大致上用作脉冲转换器,使得像素的最终状态不仅取决于所施加的电场和该电场所施加的时间,还取决于该像素在施加电场之前的状态。Other types of electro-optic media can also be used in the displays of the present invention. The bi-stable or multi-stable behavior of particle-based electro-optic displays and other electro-optic displays that exhibit similar behavior (for convenience, such displays may be referred to hereinafter as "impulse-driven displays") contrasts sharply with the bi-stable or multi-stable behavior of conventional liquid crystal ("LC") displays. Twisted nematic liquid crystals are not bi-stable or multi-stable, but rather act as voltage sensors, such that applying a given electric field to a pixel of such a display produces a specific gray level at that pixel, regardless of the gray level previously present at that pixel. Furthermore, LC displays can be driven in only one direction (from non-transmissive or "dark" to transmissive or "bright"); the reverse transition from a lighter state to a darker state is affected by reducing or eliminating the electric field. Finally, the gray level of a pixel in an LC display is not sensitive to the polarity of the electric field, but only to its magnitude, and in practice, for technical reasons, commercial LC displays often reverse the polarity of the driving electric field at relatively frequent intervals. In contrast, a bistable electro-optical display acts essentially as a pulsed switch, so that the final state of a pixel depends not only on the applied electric field and the time the field is applied, but also on the state of the pixel before the field was applied.

无论所用的电光介质是否为双稳态的,为了获得高分辨率的显示器,显示器的单个像素必须在没有来自相邻像素的干扰的情况下是可寻址的。实现这个目标的一个途径是提供诸如晶体管或二极管的非线性元件的阵列,至少一个非线性元件与每个像素关联,以形成“有源矩阵”显示器。寻址一个像素的寻址或像素电极通过相关的非线性元件被连接到合适的电压电源。通常,当非线性元件为晶体管时,像素电极被连接到晶体管的漏极,并且这种配置将被呈现在下面的描述中,但其基本上为任意的并且像素电极可被连接到晶体管的源极。通常,在高分辨率阵列中,像素以多行和多列的二维阵列排列,使得任一特定像素由一个特定的行和一个特定的列的交叉点唯一地限定。每列中所有晶体管的源极被连接到单个列电极,而每行中所有晶体管的栅极被连接到单个行电极;再者,源极分配到行以及栅极分配到列为常规的,但基本上为任意的,并且如果需要的话可以反转。行电极连接至行驱动器,其基本上确保在任意给定的时刻仅选择一行,即向所选择的行电极施加电压,以确保在所选择的行内的所有晶体管都导通,而向其它的行施加电压,以确保在这些未选择的行内的所有晶体管保持不导通。列电极被连接至列驱动器,其对各个列电极施加选定的电压,以将选定行内的像素驱动到它们的理想的光学状态(前述电压与共同的前电极有关,该共同的前电极通常设置在电光介质的与非线性阵列相对的一侧,并且跨整个显示器延伸)。在被称为“线寻址时间”的预选择时间间隔之后,选定行被取消选择,下一行被选择,并且改变列驱动器上的电压以使显示器的下一行被写入。重复该过程以使整个显示器以逐行方式被写入。Regardless of whether the electro-optical medium used is bi-stable, to achieve high-resolution displays, individual pixels of the display must be addressable without interference from adjacent pixels. One way to achieve this is to provide an array of nonlinear elements, such as transistors or diodes, with at least one nonlinear element associated with each pixel, forming an "active matrix" display. The addressing or pixel electrode that addresses a pixel is connected to a suitable voltage supply via the associated nonlinear element. Typically, when the nonlinear element is a transistor, the pixel electrode is connected to the drain of the transistor, and this configuration will be presented in the following description, but it is essentially arbitrary and the pixel electrode can be connected to the source of the transistor. Typically, in high-resolution arrays, the pixels are arranged in a two-dimensional array of rows and columns, so that any particular pixel is uniquely defined by the intersection of a particular row and a particular column. The sources of all transistors in each column are connected to a single column electrode, while the gates of all transistors in each row are connected to a single row electrode; again, the assignment of sources to rows and gates to columns is conventional but essentially arbitrary and can be reversed if desired. The row electrodes are connected to a row driver, which essentially ensures that only one row is selected at any given moment, i.e., a voltage is applied to the selected row electrode to ensure that all transistors in the selected row are conducting, while voltages are applied to the other rows to ensure that all transistors in these unselected rows remain non-conducting. The column electrodes are connected to a column driver, which applies a selected voltage to each column electrode to drive the pixels in the selected row to their desired optical state (the aforementioned voltages are related to a common front electrode, which is usually located on the side of the electro-optical medium opposite the non-linear array and extends across the entire display). After a pre-selection time interval called the "line addressing time", the selected row is deselected, the next row is selected, and the voltage on the column driver is changed to allow the next row of the display to be written. This process is repeated to allow the entire display to be written in a row-by-row manner.

粘合剂层可以用于将显示器的层接合在一起。例如,在一些实施方案中,使用粘合剂层将前板电极和/或背板电极粘附到电光材料层。如本文所使用的,电光材料层还可以称为电光介质、油墨或油墨层。粘合剂可以包含聚合物(例如聚氨酯),其可以以热、化学和/或光学方式固化。如以下进一步描述的,在一些实施方案中,粘合剂包含聚氨酯,所述聚氨酯包含选择的导致某些性能增强的封端试剂。在一些实施方案中,封端试剂包含环状碳酸酯。在一些实施方案中,封端试剂包含第一种类型的封端试剂和第二种类型的封端试剂。Adhesive layer can be used for the layer of display being joined together.For example, in some embodiments, use adhesive layer that front plate electrode and/or back plate electrode are adhered to electro-optic material layer.As used herein, electro-optic material layer can also be referred to as electro-optic medium, ink or ink layer.Adhesive can comprise polymer (for example polyurethane), and it can solidify with heat, chemical and/or optical mode.As described further below, in some embodiments, adhesive comprises polyurethane, and described polyurethane comprises the end-capping agent that causes some performance enhancement of selection.In some embodiments, end-capping agent comprises cyclic carbonate.In some embodiments, end-capping agent comprises the end-capping agent of first type and the end-capping agent of second type.

使用包含两种或更多种固化部分(由两个或更多个步骤形成)的粘合剂可提供若干相对于传统粘合剂的优点。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂体系的改进的流变性可在层(例如电光层,如与光滑的剥离侧(“SSL”)相比具有相对粗糙的表面的空气干燥侧)上形成粘合剂涂层,与使用仅具有一种固化部分的粘合剂相比,其致使涂层重量减小,油墨-粘合剂涂层厚度减小,显示器分辨率改善,低温动态范围改善,用于挠性应用的涂层更薄,以及空隙和/或缺陷形成减少。在某些实施方案中,与通过热熔施加相比,使用使粘合剂双重固化而形成电光组件的实施方案观察到电光组件的性能改善,包括但不限于随时间推移的白色状态L*损失降低、动态范围增加、低温运行改善(例如动态范围改善),和体积电阻率增加。相反地,传统粘合剂可能遭遇差的低温性能、差的流变性,并且可能具有降低电光材料层功能(例如降低的切换效率)的电性质(例如电阻率)。The use of adhesives comprising two or more curing portions (formed in two or more steps) can provide several advantages over conventional adhesives. In some embodiments, the improved rheology of the adhesive system can form an adhesive coating on a layer (e.g., an electro-optical layer, such as an air-dried side having a relatively rough surface compared to a smooth peel-off side ("SSL")) that results in reduced coating weight, reduced ink-adhesive coating thickness, improved display resolution, improved low-temperature dynamic range, thinner coatings for flexible applications, and reduced void and/or defect formation compared to the use of an adhesive having only one curing portion. In certain embodiments, improved performance of electro-optical components has been observed using embodiments in which the adhesive is dual cured to form the electro-optical component, including, but not limited to, reduced white state L* loss over time, increased dynamic range, improved low-temperature operation (e.g., improved dynamic range), and increased volume resistivity, compared to application by hot melt. In contrast, conventional adhesives may suffer from poor low-temperature performance, poor rheology, and may have electrical properties (e.g., resistivity) that reduce the functionality of the electro-optical material layer (e.g., reduced switching efficiency).

如本文所用的术语“固化部分”通常是指两种或更多种聚合物主链之间的物理连接(例如共价键、非共价键等)。术语主链具有其在本领域的典型含义,并且通常是指一起产生连续链而形成聚合物的一系列共价结合的原子,并且通常不是指任何侧链(例如支链)或交联的基团。在一些情况下,固化部分可以包含交联(例如两种或更多种反应性官能团与交联试剂的反应)。在示例性实施方案中,固化部分通过使反应性官能团、固化物质(如交联试剂)和第二反应性官能团反应,使得第一反应性官能团与第二反应性官能团通过该固化物质连接而形成。在某些实施方案中,第一反应性官能团与第二反应性官能团为相同类型的反应性官能团。在一些情况下,第一反应性官能团与第二反应性官能团可为不同类型的反应性官能团。在一些实施方案中,固化物质通过键,如离子键、共价键、氢键、范德华相互作用等的形成而连接到第一反应性官能团和/或第二反应性官能团。共价键可以是例如碳-碳、碳-氧、氧-硅、硫-硫、磷-氮、碳-氮、金属-氧或其它共价键。氢键可在例如羟基、胺基、羧基、巯基和/或类似官能团之间。As used herein, term "curing part" generally refers to the physical connection (such as covalent bond, non-covalent bond, etc.) between two or more polymer backbones.Term main chain has its typical meaning in this field, and generally refers to a series of covalently bonded atoms that produce a continuous chain together to form a polymer, and generally does not refer to any side chain (such as side chain) or cross-linked group.In some cases, curing part can include crosslinking (such as the reaction of two or more reactive functional groups and a cross-linking agent).In exemplary embodiments, curing part is formed by reacting reactive functional group, curing material (such as cross-linking agent) and the second reactive functional group so that the first reactive functional group and the second reactive functional group are connected and formed by the curing material.In certain embodiments, the first reactive functional group and the second reactive functional group are reactive functional groups of the same type.In some cases, the first reactive functional group and the second reactive functional group can be different types of reactive functional groups. In some embodiments, the solidified material is connected to the first reactive functional group and/or the second reactive functional group by a key, such as an ionic bond, a covalent bond, a hydrogen bond, a van der Waals interaction, etc. The covalent bond can be, for example, carbon-carbon, carbon-oxygen, oxygen-silicon, sulfur-sulfur, phosphorus-nitrogen, carbon-nitrogen, metal-oxygen or other covalent bonds. The hydrogen bond can be, for example, between hydroxyl, amine, carboxyl, sulfhydryl and/or similar functional groups.

在另一个示例性实施方案中,固化部分通过热塑性干燥粘合剂材料,使得两个或更多个聚合物主链相互作用形成键(例如通过分子间力,如氢键、偶极-偶极等)而形成。例如,在一些情况下,可将丙烯酸(例如聚丙烯酸)聚合物干燥(例如通过向粘合剂材料(多种粘合剂材料)施加热),使得聚合物主链上的两种或更多种反应性官能团经历热塑性反应(例如通过去除水且提高粘合剂材料(例如,无定形粘合剂材料)的玻璃化转变温度(Tg),以及在两个反应性官能团之间形成键),从而形成连接原始聚合物主链的固化部分。In another exemplary embodiment, the cured portion is formed by thermoplastically drying the binder material such that two or more polymer backbones interact to form bonds (e.g., through intermolecular forces such as hydrogen bonding, dipole-dipole, etc.). For example, in some cases, an acrylic acid (e.g., polyacrylic acid) polymer can be dried (e.g., by applying heat to the binder material(s)) such that two or more reactive functional groups on the polymer backbone undergo a thermoplastic reaction (e.g., by removing water and increasing the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the binder material (e.g., an amorphous binder material), and forming a bond between the two reactive functional groups), thereby forming a cured portion that connects the original polymer backbone.

在又一个实施方案中,在第一步骤中通过热塑性干燥,接着通过其中在聚氨酯的聚合物主链上的反应性物质与丙烯酸主链上的反应性物质之间产生交联的固化,来固化聚氨酯-丙烯酸混合粘合剂。In yet another embodiment, the polyurethane-acrylic hybrid adhesive is cured in a first step by thermoplastic drying followed by curing in which crosslinks are produced between reactive species on the polymer backbone of the polyurethane and reactive species on the acrylic backbone.

在其中粘合剂通过两个或更多个固化步骤形成的一些实施方案中,粘合剂包含两种或更多种类型的固化部分。例如在一些实施方案中,粘合剂包含含有第一交联(由第一交联试剂与两种或更多种反应性物质的反应形成)的第一种类型的固化部分,和含有第二交联(由第二交联试剂与两种或更多种反应性物质的反应所形成)的第二种类型的固化部分。在一些情况下,第一和第二交联试剂可以是相同的或不同的。在另一个实施方案中,粘合剂可以包含含有第一交联的第一种类型的固化部分,和含有热塑性结合的第二种类型的固化部分。In some embodiments in which the adhesive is formed by two or more curing steps, the adhesive comprises two or more types of cured parts. For example, in some embodiments, the adhesive comprises a first type of cured part containing a first crosslink (formed by the reaction of a first crosslinking reagent with two or more reactive substances), and a second type of cured part containing a second crosslink (formed by the reaction of a second crosslinking reagent with two or more reactive substances). In some cases, the first and second crosslinking reagents can be the same or different. In another embodiment, the adhesive can comprise a first type of cured part containing a first crosslink, and a second type of cured part containing a thermoplastic bond.

如本文所使用的术语“固化物质”通常是指促进两种或更多种反应性官能团之间的反应,使得所述反应性官能团连接的化合物。在一些情况下,固化物质可以是交联试剂。如上所述,固化物质与两种或更多种反应性官能团的反应可形成固化部分。As used herein, the term "curing material" generally refers to a compound that promotes a reaction between two or more reactive functional groups, resulting in the linkage of the reactive functional groups. In some cases, the curing material can be a cross-linking agent. As described above, the reaction of the curing material with the two or more reactive functional groups can form a cured portion.

如图1A所示,在一些实施方案中,电光组件100包括背板电极110、前板电极130和电光材料层120。如上所示,组件的不同的层可与粘合剂层140接合在一起。在一些实施方案中,如图1A和1B所示,背板电极110通过粘合剂层140粘附于电光材料层。在一些实施方案中,如图1B所示,前板电极130通过粘合剂层142粘附于电光材料层120,粘合剂层142可以包含与粘合剂层140相同或不同的粘合剂。如图1C所示,电光材料层125可以包含囊150和粘结剂160,下面将更详细地描述。囊150可以封装一种或多种颗粒,可以通过施加跨电光材料层125的电场而使所述颗粒移动。在一些这样的实施方案中,前板电极130可紧邻电光材料层125,并且背板电极110通过粘合剂层140粘附到该电光材料层。在示例性实施方案中,如图1D所示,背板电极110可通过粘合剂层140粘附到电光材料层125,并且前板电极130可通过粘合剂层142粘附到电光材料层125。在另一个示例性实施方案中,如图1E所示,前板电极130可通过粘合剂层140粘附到电光材料层125,并且背板电极110可通过粘合剂层142粘附到电光材料层125。As shown in FIG1A , in some embodiments, the electro-optical assembly 100 includes a backplate electrode 110, a frontplate electrode 130, and an electro-optical material layer 120. As described above, the various layers of the assembly can be bonded together with an adhesive layer 140. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG1A and FIG1B , the backplate electrode 110 is adhered to the electro-optical material layer via an adhesive layer 140. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG1B , the frontplate electrode 130 is adhered to the electro-optical material layer 120 via an adhesive layer 142, which can comprise the same or different adhesive as the adhesive layer 140. As shown in FIG1C , the electro-optical material layer 125 can include capsules 150 and a binder 160, which will be described in more detail below. The capsules 150 can encapsulate one or more particles that can be moved by applying an electric field across the electro-optical material layer 125. In some such embodiments, the frontplate electrode 130 can be adjacent to the electro-optical material layer 125, and the backplate electrode 110 is adhered to the electro-optical material layer via the adhesive layer 140. In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG1D , backplate electrode 110 may be adhered to electro-optic material layer 125 via adhesive layer 140, and frontplate electrode 130 may be adhered to electro-optic material layer 125 via adhesive layer 142. In another exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG1E , frontplate electrode 130 may be adhered to electro-optic material layer 125 via adhesive layer 140, and backplate electrode 110 may be adhered to electro-optic material layer 125 via adhesive layer 142.

应理解的是,粘合剂层可用于将任何类型和数量的层粘附到组件中的一个或多个其它层,并且组件可包括附图中未显示的一个或多个另外的层。另外,虽然图1C-1E示出了封装的电光介质,但粘合层可用于各种电光组件,如液晶、受抑内反射和发光二极管组件。It should be understood that the adhesive layer can be used to adhere any type and number of layers to one or more other layers in the assembly, and that the assembly may include one or more additional layers not shown in the drawings. Additionally, while Figures 1C-1E illustrate encapsulated electro-optical media, the adhesive layer can be used with a variety of electro-optical components, such as liquid crystal, frustrated internal reflection, and light emitting diode components.

除了本发明的聚氨酯之外,粘合剂层可以包含另外的组分。合适的组分的非限制性实例包括其它聚氨酯、丙烯酸、醇酸、环氧化物、胺和硅氧烷。在一些情况下,粘合剂层可以包含两种或更多种类型的类似的粘合剂材料(例如两种类型的丙烯酸、丙烯酸与醇酸、聚氨酯与硅氧烷、两种类型的聚氨酯、聚氨酯与丙烯酸)。Except urethane of the present invention, adhesive layer can comprise other component.The limiting examples of suitable component comprises other urethane, acrylic acid, alkyd, epoxide, amine and siloxane.In some cases, adhesive layer can comprise the similar adhesive material (for example two types of acrylic acid, acrylic acid and alkyd, urethane and siloxane, two types of urethane, urethane and acrylic acid) of two or more types.

在一些实施方案中,粘合剂以分散体(例如水性分散体)的形式提供。例如在一些情况下,可将粘合剂分散体直接用于涂布方法和/或通过在粘合剂分散体或溶液中的反应性单体溶液使用,以形成如本文所述的粘合剂层。在一些情况下,水性分散体包含水,其可在粘合剂沉积于一种或多种表面之后去除(例如通过施加热)。In some embodiments, the adhesive is provided in the form of a dispersion (e.g., an aqueous dispersion). For example, in some cases, the adhesive dispersion can be used directly in a coating method and/or by using a reactive monomer solution in an adhesive dispersion or solution to form an adhesive layer as described herein. In some cases, the aqueous dispersion contains water, which can be removed (e.g., by applying heat) after the adhesive is deposited on one or more surfaces.

通常,聚氨酯通过涉及二异氰酸酯的加成聚合方法制备。聚氨酯的非限制性实例包括聚醚聚氨酯、聚酯聚氨酯、聚醚聚脲、聚脲、聚酯聚脲、聚酯聚脲、聚异氰酸酯(例如包含异氰酸酯键的聚氨酯)和聚碳二亚胺(例如包含碳二亚胺键的聚氨酯)。然而,通常聚氨酯含有氨基甲酸酯基。用于本文所述的组件和方法的聚氨酯可使用本领域已知的方法制备。通常,异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯通过至少一种二异氰酸酯化合物与包含至少两个能与异氰酸酯基反应的基团的第二试剂(例如多元醇)的反应形成。在一些实施方案中,聚氨酯为通过二异氰酸酯化合物和包含两个能与异氰酸酯基反应的基团的第二试剂(例如二醇)的反应形成的线型聚合物。在制备异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯之后,末端异氰酸酯基可分别通过与终止试剂的反应而去活化,从而形成封端的聚氨酯(例如使得聚氨酯和/或末端异氰酸酯基不经历进一步反应)。例如,在制备异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯之后,末端异氰酸酯基可通过与一种或多种封端剂的反应而封端,从而形成封端聚氨酯。在一些情况下,异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯可通过与中和试剂反应,使得聚氨酯可分散于水中,如当被离子基团稳定时而中和。在一些实施方案中,聚氨酯的分子量可通过添加至少一种类型的封端试剂来控制。封端试剂在以下更详细描述,并且还可以用于制备其它粘合剂。聚氨酯(例如异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯、封端的聚氨酯和/或中和的聚氨酯)还可以任选地通过与扩链试剂的反应而扩链。虽然上述步骤可如上所述顺序进行,但是在供选择的实施方案中,步骤的顺序可变化和/或可同时进行再多一个的步骤。例如,在一些实施方案中,聚氨酯可通过提供至少一种二异氰酸酯、包含至少两个能与异氰酸酯基反应的基团的第二试剂和一种或多种封端试剂的混合物,并基本上同时使该混合物反应而形成。在一些情况下,在使包含至少一种二异氰酸酯与包含至少两个能与异氰酸酯基反应的基团的第二试剂的混合物反应之后添加一种或多种封端试剂。该封端试剂可在混合物反应期间和/或混合物反应之后(例如在如本文所述的反应中和之后)添加。Typically, polyurethane is prepared by an addition polymerization method involving diisocyanates. Non-limiting examples of polyurethane include polyether polyurethane, polyester polyurethane, polyether polyurea, polyurea, polyester polyurea, polyester polyurea, polyisocyanate (e.g., polyurethane comprising isocyanate bonds) and polycarbodiimide (e.g., polyurethane comprising carbodiimide bonds). However, typically polyurethane contains urethane groups. The polyurethanes for use in the components and methods described herein can be prepared using methods known in the art. Typically, isocyanate-terminated polyurethanes are formed by the reaction of at least one diisocyanate compound with a second reagent (e.g., a polyol) comprising at least two groups that can react with isocyanate groups. In some embodiments, polyurethane is a linear polymer formed by the reaction of a diisocyanate compound with a second reagent (e.g., a diol) comprising two groups that can react with isocyanate groups. After preparing the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane, the terminal isocyanate groups can be deactivated by reaction with a terminating reagent, thereby forming a blocked polyurethane (e.g., such that the polyurethane and/or terminal isocyanate groups do not undergo further reaction). For example, after preparing an isocyanate-terminated polyurethane, the terminal isocyanate group can be blocked by reacting with one or more blocking agents, thereby forming a blocked polyurethane. In some cases, the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane can be dispersed in water by reacting with a neutralizing agent, such as neutralized when stabilized by ionic groups. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the polyurethane can be controlled by adding at least one type of blocking agent. Blocking agents are described in more detail below and can also be used to prepare other adhesives. Polyurethanes (such as isocyanate-terminated polyurethanes, blocked polyurethanes and/or neutralized polyurethanes) can also optionally be chain extended by reacting with a chain extender. Although the above steps can be performed sequentially as described above, in alternative embodiments, the order of the steps can be varied and/or more steps can be performed simultaneously. For example, in some embodiments, a polyurethane can be formed by providing a mixture of at least one diisocyanate, a second reagent comprising at least two groups that can react with isocyanate groups, and one or more blocking agents, and reacting the mixture substantially simultaneously. In some cases, one or more blocking agents are added after reacting a mixture comprising at least one diisocyanate and a second agent comprising at least two groups reactive with isocyanate groups. The blocking agent can be added during and/or after the mixture reacts (e.g., after reacting as described herein).

在一些实施方案中,异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯通过至少一种二异氰酸酯化合物与至少一种双官能多元醇或至少一种多官能多元醇的反应形成。在一些实施方案中,多元醇为二醇(例如具有两个醇端基的低聚物、具有两个醇端基的聚合物)。通常,使用化学计量过量的至少一种二异氰酸酯化合物进行反应,从而有助于形成异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯。在一些实施方案中,至少一种二异氰酸酯化合物与二醇的比例为约2:1至约1:2、或约1.5:1至约1:1.5、或约1:1。当使用包括多于两个反应性-OH基的多元醇时,本领域普通技术人员能够调整该比例。可以使用多于一种类型的二异氰酸酯化合物,例如两种类型、三种类型或四种类型的二异氰酸酯化合物。此外,可以使用多于一种类型的二醇(或多元醇),例如两种类型、三种类型或四种类型的二醇。在一些实施方案中,使用三种类型的二醇。In some embodiments, isocyanate-terminated polyurethane is formed by the reaction of at least one diisocyanate compound and at least one difunctional polyol or at least one multifunctional polyol. In some embodiments, polyol is a glycol (e.g., an oligomer with two alcohol end groups, a polymer with two alcohol end groups). Typically, a stoichiometric excess of at least one diisocyanate compound is used to react, thereby contributing to the formation of isocyanate-terminated polyurethane. In some embodiments, the ratio of at least one diisocyanate compound to glycol is from about 2:1 to about 1:2, or from about 1.5:1 to about 1:1.5, or from about 1:1. When using a polyol comprising more than two reactive -OH groups, one of ordinary skill in the art can adjust the ratio. More than one type of diisocyanate compound can be used, such as two types, three types, or four types of diisocyanate compounds. In addition, more than one type of glycol (or polyol) can be used, such as two types, three types, or four types of glycol. In some embodiments, three types of glycol are used.

术语二异氰酸酯具有其在本领域中的通常含义,并且用于描述具有两个游离异氰酸酯基团的线型、环状或支链烃,包括芳族、环脂族和脂族烃。二异氰酸酯化合物的非限制性实例包括4,4-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯)(H12MDI)、α,α,α,α-四甲基二甲苯二异氰酸酯、3,5,5-三甲基-1-异氰酸基-3-异氰酸基甲基环己烷异佛尔酮二异氰酸酯及其衍生物、四亚甲基二异氰酸酯、六亚甲基二异氰酸酯(HDI)及其衍生物、2,4-甲苯二异氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二异氰酸酯、异佛尔酮二异氰酸酯、间-异丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄基异氰酸酯、1,3-双(1-异氰酸基-1-甲基乙基)苯、1,5-萘二异氰酸酯、亚苯基二异氰酸酯、反式环己烷-1,4-二异氰酸酯、二甲代亚苯基二异氰酸酯、4,4′-二苯基甲烷二异氰酸酯、4,4′-二苯基二甲基甲烷二异氰酸酯、二和四烷基二苯基甲烷二异氰酸酯、二异氰酸4,4′-二苄酯、1,3-亚苯基二异氰酸酯、1,4-亚苯基二异氰酸酯、甲代亚苯基二异氰酸酯的异构体、1-甲基-2,4-二异氰酸基环己烷、1,6-二异氰酸基-2,2,4-三甲基己烷、1,6-二异氰酸基-2,4,4-三甲基己烷、1-异氰酸基甲基-3-异氰酸基甲基-3-异氰酸基-1,5,5-三甲基环己烷、氯化和溴化二异氰酸酯、含磷二异氰酸酯、4,4′-二异氰酸基苯基全氟乙烷、四甲氧基丁烷-1,4-二异氰酸酯、丁烷-1,4-二异氰酸酯、己烷-1,6-二异氰酸酯、二环己基甲烷二异氰酸酯、环己烷-1,4-二异氰酸酯、亚乙基二异氰酸酯、邻苯二甲酸-双-异氰酸基乙酯,还有含有反应性卤素原子的多异氰酸酯,如1-氯甲基苯基-2,4-二异氰酸酯、1-溴甲基苯基-2,6-二异氰酸酯、3,3-双-氯甲基醚-4,4′-二苯基二异氰酸酯。在一些实施方案中,二异氰酸酯化合物为4,4-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯)。The term diisocyanate has its ordinary meaning in the art and is used to describe linear, cyclic or branched hydrocarbons having two free isocyanate groups, including aromatic, cycloaliphatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons. Non-limiting examples of diisocyanate compounds include 4,4-methylenebis(isocyanatocyclohexyl) (H12MDI), α,α,α,α-tetramethylxylene diisocyanate, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-isocyanato-3-isocyanatomethylcyclohexane isophorone diisocyanate and its derivatives, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI) and its derivatives, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate. , m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, 1,3-bis(1-isocyanato-1-methylethyl)benzene, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, trans-cyclohexane-1,4-diisocyanate, dimethylphenylene diisocyanate, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4′-diphenyldimethylmethane diisocyanate, di- and tetraalkyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4′-dibenzyl diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, isomers of tolylene diisocyanate, 1-methyl-2,4-diisocyanatocyclohexane, 1,6-diisocyanato-2,2,4-trimethylhexane, 1,6-diisocyanato-2,4,4-trimethylhexane, 1-isocyanatomethyl-3-isocyanatomethyl-3-isocyanato-1,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane, chlorinated and brominated diisocyanates, phosphorus-containing diisocyanates, 4,4′-diisocyanatophenylperfluoroethane, tetramethoxy Butane-1,4-diisocyanate, butane-1,4-diisocyanate, hexane-1,6-diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, cyclohexane-1,4-diisocyanate, ethylene diisocyanate, phthalic acid-bis-isocyanatoethyl ester, and polyisocyanates containing reactive halogen atoms, such as 1-chloromethylphenyl-2,4-diisocyanate, 1-bromomethylphenyl-2,6-diisocyanate, 3,3-bis-chloromethylether-4,4′-diphenyl diisocyanate. In some embodiments, the diisocyanate compound is 4,4-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate).

虽然大部分本文所述的实施方案使用包含多元醇或二醇的第二试剂,但这决不是限制性的,并且可使用其它类型的第二试剂形成粘合剂(例如包含聚氨酯的粘合剂)。在一些实施方案中,第二试剂包含多胺或二胺。在某些实施方案中,第二试剂包含巯基。本领域技术人员能够基于本说明书的教导选择合适的第二试剂。术语多元醇具有其在本领域中的一般含义,并且是指任何具有两个或更多个羟基的有机化合物,其中羟基能够与异氰酸酯基反应。通常,为了形成线型聚氨酯,所使用的多元醇为二醇。在一些实施方案中,二醇为双官能多元醇。在某些实施方案中,二醇为具有两个反应性醇基的双官能低聚物。双官能多元醇的非限制性实例包括聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇(PPO)、聚四亚甲基二醇。多元醇的分子量可不同。在一些实施方案中,分子量(Mn)小于约5000、或小于约3000、或约500至约5000、或约500至约4000、或约500至约3000。Although most of the embodiments described herein use a second reagent comprising a polyol or diol, this is by no means restrictive, and other types of second reagents can be used to form adhesives (e.g., adhesives comprising polyurethanes). In some embodiments, the second reagent comprises a polyamine or a diamine. In certain embodiments, the second reagent comprises a sulfhydryl group. Those skilled in the art can select a suitable second reagent based on the teachings of this specification. The term polyol has its general meaning in the art and refers to any organic compound with two or more hydroxyl groups, wherein the hydroxyl group can react with an isocyanate group. Typically, in order to form linear polyurethanes, the polyol used is a diol. In some embodiments, the diol is a difunctional polyol. In certain embodiments, the diol is a difunctional oligomer with two reactive alcohol groups. Non-limiting examples of difunctional polyols include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol (PPO), and polytetramethylene glycol. The molecular weight of the polyol can be different. In some embodiments, the molecular weight (Mn) is less than about 5000, or less than about 3000, or from about 500 to about 5000, or from about 500 to about 4000, or from about 500 to about 3000.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种二醇包含离子基团(例如羧酸基团)。离子基团可用于稳定聚氨酯(例如当分散于水中时)和/或可用于交联。包含离子基团的二醇的非限制性实例包括二羟甲基丙酸(DMPA)、二羟甲基丁酸、二羟甲基戊酸、二羟乙基丙酸、二羟乙基丁酸、1,4-二羟基-2-丁磺酸、1,5-二羟基-2-戊磺酸、1,5-二羟基-3-戊磺酸、1,3-二羟基-2-丙磺酸、二羟甲基乙磺酸、N-甲基二乙醇胺、N-乙基二乙醇胺、N-丙基二乙醇胺、N,N-二甲基-2-二羟甲基丁胺、N,N-二乙基-2-二羟甲基丁胺、N,N-二甲基-2-二羟甲基丙胺。在一些实施方案中,离子基团是羧酸基团。包含羧酸基团的二醇的非限制性实例包括二羟甲基丙酸、二羟甲基丁酸、二羟甲基戊酸、二羟乙基丙酸、和二羟乙基丁酸、聚酯二醇和其它的聚合羧酸基团。在一些实施方案中,包含离子基团的二醇为二羟甲基丙酸。In some embodiments, at least one glycol comprises ionic group (such as carboxylic acid group).Ionic group can be used for stabilizing polyurethane (such as when being dispersed in water) and/or can be used for crosslinking.The limiting examples of the glycol comprising ionic group comprises dimethylol propionic acid (DMPA), dimethylol butyric acid, dimethylol valeric acid, dihydroxyethyl propionic acid, dihydroxyethyl butyric acid, 1,4-dihydroxy-2-butanesulfonic acid, 1,5-dihydroxy-2-pentanesulfonic acid, 1,5-dihydroxy-3-pentanesulfonic acid, 1,3-dihydroxy-2-propanesulfonic acid, dimethylolethanesulfonic acid, N-methyldiethanolamine, N-ethyldiethanolamine, N-propyldiethanolamine, N,N-dimethyl-2-dimethylolbutylamine, N,N-diethyl-2-dimethylolbutylamine, N,N-dimethyl-2-dimethylolpropylamine.In some embodiments, ionic group is carboxylic acid group. Non-limiting examples of diols containing carboxylic acid groups include dimethylol propionic acid, dimethylol butyric acid, dimethylol valeric acid, dihydroxyethyl propionic acid, and dihydroxyethyl butyric acid, polyester diols, and other polymeric carboxylic acid groups. In some embodiments, the diol containing ionic groups is dimethylol propionic acid.

如上所述,在一些实施方案中,第二试剂可以包含第一种类型的第二试剂(例如第一种类型的二醇)和第二种类型的第二试剂(例如第二种类型的二醇)。在一些实施方案中,第二试剂可以包含第一种类型的第二试剂(例如第一种类型的二醇)、第二种类型的第二试剂(例如第二种类型的二醇)和第三种类型的第二试剂(例如第三种类型的二醇)。在一些实施方案中,第一种类型的二醇为双官能多元醇(例如聚丙二醇),第二种类型的二醇包含离子基团(例如羧酸基团,如DMPA),并且第三种类型的二醇可充当非离子稳定剂。As described above, in some embodiments, the second agent can include a first type of second agent (e.g., a first type of diol) and a second type of second agent (e.g., a second type of diol). In some embodiments, the second agent can include a first type of second agent (e.g., a first type of diol), a second type of second agent (e.g., a second type of diol), and a third type of second agent (e.g., a third type of diol). In some embodiments, the first type of diol is a difunctional polyol (e.g., polypropylene glycol), the second type of diol contains an ionic group (e.g., a carboxylic acid group, such as DMPA), and the third type of diol can serve as a nonionic stabilizer.

如上所述,虽然提供聚氨酯作为示例性粘合剂材料,但本领域技术人员能够在包含其它类型的粘合剂的粘合剂中使用本文所述的组合物和方法。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂包含丙烯酸。在某些实施方案中,粘合剂包含两种或更多种类型的粘合剂(例如聚氨酯和丙烯酸)。As mentioned above, although polyurethane is provided as exemplary adhesive material, those skilled in the art can use compositions and methods as herein described in the adhesive that comprises other types of adhesive.In some embodiments, adhesive comprises acrylic acid.In certain embodiments, adhesive comprises two or more types of adhesive (for example polyurethane and acrylic acid).

这样的粘合剂混合物(即混合粘合剂)可以通过物理上共混至少两种组分形成,所述至少两种组分可为在水性或基于溶剂的介质中的溶液或分散的材料的任何组合。在一些实施方案中,混合粘合剂还可以通过合成聚合方法形成,其中将一种组分在第二聚合组分的存在下聚合,或者可同时形成两种聚合物。在一些情况下,混合粘合剂可通过在直接用于涂布方法的粘合剂分散体中乳化可聚合单体而形成,和/或通过反应性单体在粘合剂分散体或溶液中的溶液而形成。在一些情况下,单体的聚合可在第一或第二阶段(即固化)发生,并且还可以有助于油墨表面空隙填充和颗粒聚结(例如若使用分散体)。Such adhesive mixture (i.e., hybrid adhesive) can be formed by physically blending at least two components, and the at least two components can be any combination of solution or dispersed materials in aqueous or solvent-based media. In some embodiments, hybrid adhesive can also be formed by synthetic polymerization method, wherein a component is polymerized under the existence of a second polymeric component, or two polymers can be formed simultaneously. In some cases, hybrid adhesive can be formed by emulsifying polymerizable monomers in the adhesive dispersion directly for coating method, and/or formed by a solution of reactive monomers in adhesive dispersion or solution. In some cases, the polymerization of monomers can occur in the first or second stage (i.e., solidification), and can also contribute to ink surface void filling and particle aggregation (such as if using dispersion).

如上所述,在一些实施方案中,粘合剂材料包含两种或更多种反应性官能团。反应性官能团可作为端基沿着主链,或沿着从主链延伸的链布置。As described above, in some embodiments, the binder material comprises two or more reactive functional groups.The reactive functional groups may be arranged as terminal groups along the backbone, or along chains extending from the backbone.

反应性官能团通常是指设计成与一种或多种固化物质(例如交联试剂、扩链试剂)反应的化学基团(存在于粘合剂上)。在一些实施方案中,反应性官能团与固化物质反应形成固化部分,如交联、热塑性结合、两种类型的粘合剂材料之间的键等。在某些实施方案中,反应性官能团可与固化物质如交联试剂反应形成交联。在一些情况下,反应性官能团可被设计成在一组特定的条件(例如在特定的温度范围)下与另一反应性官能团反应。在一些实施方案中,反应性官能团可在使得粘合剂材料经历热塑性干燥的某些条件下反应。反应性官能团的非限制性实例包括羟基、羰基、醛基、羧酸酯基、胺基、亚胺基、酰亚胺基、叠氮基、醚基、酯基、巯基(硫醇基)、硅烷基、腈基、氨基甲酸酯基、咪唑基、吡咯烷酮基、碳酸酯基、丙烯酸酯基、烯基和炔基。其它反应性官能团也是可以的,并且本领域技术人员能够基于本说明书的教导选择与双重固化粘合剂一起使用的适合的反应性官能团。本领域技术人员还将理解,本文所述的固化步骤通常不是指粘合剂材料的形成(例如粘合剂主链,如聚氨酯主链的聚合),而是粘合剂材料进一步反应,使得粘合剂材料形成交联,经历热塑性干燥等,以使粘合剂的机械性质、粘度和/或粘着性发生实质变化。例如,在某些实施方案中,粘合剂材料在固化后的弹性模量、粘度和粘着性中的一种或多种与粘合剂材料在固化前的弹性模量、粘度和/或粘着性相比可增加约5%至约1000%。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂材料在固化后的弹性模量、粘度和粘着性中的一种或多种与粘合剂材料在固化前的弹性模量、粘度和/或粘着性相比可增加至少约10%、至少约20%、至少约50%、至少约100%、至少约200%、或至少约500%。Reactive functional group generally refers to the chemical group (present on adhesive) designed to react with one or more curing materials (such as cross-linking agent, chain extension agent).In some embodiments, reactive functional group and curing material reaction form curing part, such as cross-linking, thermoplastic bonding, the key between two types of adhesive materials etc.In certain embodiments, reactive functional group can react with curing material such as cross-linking agent to form crosslinking.In some cases, reactive functional group can be designed to react with another reactive functional group under one group of specific conditions (such as in a specific temperature range).In some embodiments, reactive functional group can react under certain conditions that make adhesive material experience thermoplastic drying.The limiting examples of reactive functional group include hydroxyl, carbonyl, aldehyde, carboxylate, amino, imino, imide, azido, ether, ester, sulfhydryl (thiol), silanyl, nitrile, carbamate, imidazole, pyrrolidone, carbonate, acrylate, alkenyl and alkynyl. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps. The invention relates to a method for preparing a double-curing adhesive having a plurality of curing steps.

在一些实施方案中,反应性官能团存在于粘合剂主链上。例如,在其中粘合剂包含聚氨酯的实施方案中,反应性官能团可以存在于反应形成聚氨酯的二异氰酸酯基团上和/或多元醇基团上。In some embodiments, the reactive functional groups are present on the adhesive backbone. For example, in embodiments where the adhesive comprises a polyurethane, the reactive functional groups may be present on diisocyanate groups and/or polyol groups that react to form the polyurethane.

在某些实施方案中,反应性官能团存在于封端试剂上。如以上针对示例性异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯粘合剂所述的,异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯可通过与至少一种类型的封端试剂反应来封端,从而形成封端粘合剂(例如封端聚氨酯)。如上所述,使用封端试剂可以有助于控制粘合剂的分子量。在一些实施方案中,可使用多于一种类型的封端试剂,例如两种类型、三种类型或四种类型的封端试剂。可以调整封端试剂总量以制备部分或完全封端的粘合剂。In certain embodiments, the reactive functional group is present on the end-blocking agent.As described above for exemplary isocyanate-terminated polyurethane adhesive, isocyanate-terminated polyurethane can be blocked by reacting the end-blocking agent with at least one type, thereby forming an end-blocked adhesive (for example, an end-blocked polyurethane).As mentioned above, the use of end-blocking agents can contribute to the molecular weight of the control adhesive.In some embodiments, the end-blocking agent more than one type, for example, two types, three types or four types of end-blocking agents can be used.The end-blocking agent total amount can be adjusted to prepare a partially or completely blocked adhesive.

例如,部分封端可通过粘合剂(例如异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯)与低于100%的化学计量量的封端试剂(多种封端试剂)的反应实现。在一些实施方案中,在异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与封端试剂反应之后,50至100%的聚氨酯被封端。在某些实施方案中,在异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与封端试剂反应之后,至少约50%、至少约60%、至少约75%、至少约80%、或至少约90%的聚氨酯以封端基团封端。在一些情况下,小于或等于100%、小于或等于约90%、小于或等于约80%、小于或等于约75%、或小于或等于约60%的聚氨酯以封端基团封端。上述范围的组合也是可能的(例如约50%至100%、50%至75%、60%至90%、75%至100%)。本领域技术人员将知晓测定异氰酸酯基团残余量的方法,例如通过由IR和异氰酸酯滴定和/或通过残余端基单体的气相色谱-质谱法来测定异氰酸酯损失。封端粘合剂如聚氨酯可被中和和/或扩链,如本文更详细地描述的。For example, partial end-blocking can be achieved by reacting an adhesive (e.g., isocyanate-terminated polyurethane) with a stoichiometric amount of an end-blocking agent (multiple end-blocking agents) less than 100%. In some embodiments, after the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane reacts with the end-blocking agent, 50 to 100% of the polyurethane is end-blocked. In certain embodiments, after the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane reacts with the end-blocking agent, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, or at least about 90% of the polyurethane is end-blocked with an end-blocking group. In some cases, less than or equal to 100%, less than or equal to about 90%, less than or equal to about 80%, less than or equal to about 75%, or less than or equal to about 60% of the polyurethane is end-blocked with an end-blocking group. Combinations of the above ranges are also possible (e.g., about 50% to 100%, 50% to 75%, 60% to 90%, 75% to 100%). Those skilled in the art will be aware of methods for determining the residual amount of isocyanate groups, for example by determining isocyanate loss by IR and isocyanate titration and/or by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry of residual terminal monomers. Blocked adhesives such as polyurethanes may be neutralized and/or chain extended as described in more detail herein.

在某些实施方案中,封端试剂包含反应性官能团。合适的封端试剂(例如包含反应性官能团)的非限制性实例如图2所示,并且在以下更详细地描述。In certain embodiments, the capping agent comprises a reactive functional group. Non-limiting examples of suitable capping agents (eg, comprising a reactive functional group) are shown in FIG2 and described in more detail below.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括具有如式(I)的结构的化合物:In some embodiments, at least one type of capping agent comprises a compound having a structure as shown in Formula (I):

其中R1选自氢、任选地取代的烷基、任选地取代的杂烷基、任选地取代的芳基、任选地取代的杂芳基、任选地取代的腈基团、任选地取代的氨基甲酸酯基团、任选地取代的咪唑鎓基团、任选地取代的吡咯烷酮基团、任选地取代的碳酸酯基团、任选地取代的丙烯酸酯基团、任选地取代的醚基团、任选地取代的酯基团、任选地取代的卤化物基团、任选地取代的酸基团、任选地取代的硅烷基团、任选地取代的硫醇基团,L为连接基团,任选地不存在,和表示连接到聚氨酯的键的位置。连接基团的非限制性实例包括任选地取代的亚烷基、任选地取代的杂亚烷基、任选地取代的亚芳基和任选地取代的杂亚芳基。在一些实施方案中,R1为氢。在某些实施方案中,R1包含反应性官能团。在一些实施方案中,L包含反应性官能团。Wherein R 1 is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted nitrile group, optionally substituted carbamate group, optionally substituted imidazolium group, optionally substituted pyrrolidone group, optionally substituted carbonate group, optionally substituted acrylate group, optionally substituted ether group, optionally substituted ester group, optionally substituted halide group, optionally substituted acid group, optionally substituted silane group, optionally substituted thiol group, L is a linking group, optionally absent, and represents the position of the bond connected to the polyurethane. The non-limiting examples of linking groups include optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted arylene and optionally substituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments, R 1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 1 comprises reactive functional groups. In some embodiments, L comprises reactive functional groups.

在一些实施方案中,包含式(I)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(II)的封端试剂的反应而与聚氨酯结合:In some embodiments, a blocking agent comprising formula (I) is incorporated into the polyurethane by reacting an isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (II):

Q-L-R1 (II),QLR 1 (II),

其中L和R1如以上就式(I)所述。在一些实施方案中,Q为羟基(HO-)或氨基(H2N-)。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为正丁醇。wherein L and R 1 are as described above for formula (I). In some embodiments, Q is hydroxyl (HO-) or amino (H 2 N-). For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is n-butanol.

此外,虽然在本文中使用聚氨酯作为示例性粘合剂,但本领域技术人员将能够使用任何具有一种或多种合适的封端试剂的合适的粘合剂,如本文所述。Furthermore, while polyurethane is used herein as an exemplary binder, one skilled in the art will be able to use any suitable binder having one or more suitable capping agents, as described herein.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括腈,产生包含腈的封端聚氨酯。术语“腈”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且通常是指包含至少一种类型的氰化物基团的分子基团。在一些实施方案中,包含腈的封端试剂包含式(III):In some embodiments, at least one type of end-capping agent comprises a nitrile, resulting in an end-capped polyurethane comprising a nitrile. The term "nitrile" has its ordinary meaning in the art and generally refers to a molecular group comprising at least one type of cyanide group. In some embodiments, the end-capping agent comprising a nitrile comprises formula (III):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述。wherein L is as described above in formula (I).

在一些实施方案中,式(III)包含式(IV):In some embodiments, Formula (III) comprises Formula (IV):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,包含式(III)或(IV)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(V)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (III) or (IV) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (V):

Q-L-C≡N (V)Q-L-C≡N (V)

其中Q为羟基或氨基。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为3-羟基丙腈。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino. For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 3-hydroxypropionitrile.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括氨基甲酸酯,产生包含氨基甲酸酯的封端聚氨酯。术语“氨基甲酸酯”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且通常是指含有至少一种类型的-OOCNH2基团的分子基团。在一些实施方案中,包含氨基甲酸酯的封端试剂包含式(VI):In some embodiments, at least one type of capping agent comprises a carbamate, resulting in a capped polyurethane comprising a carbamate. The term "carbamate" has its ordinary meaning in the art and generally refers to a molecular group containing at least one type of -OOCNH2 group. In some embodiments, the capping agent comprising a carbamate comprises formula (VI):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述,并且其中每个R2是相同的或不同的,并且选自氢、任选地取代的烷基、任选地取代的杂烷基、任选地取代的芳基、任选地取代的杂芳基、任选地取代的卤化物基团和任选地取代的羟基。在某些实施方案中,R2包含反应性官能团。在一些实施方案中,L包含反应性官能团。Wherein L is as described above in formula (I), and wherein each R is identical or different and is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted halide group and optionally substituted hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R comprises reactive functional groups. In some embodiments, L comprises reactive functional groups.

在一些实施方案中,式(VI)包含式(VII):In some embodiments, Formula (VI) comprises Formula (VII):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,包含式(VI)或(VII)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(VIII)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (VI) or (VII) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (VIII):

其中Q为羟基或氨基,L如以上在式(I)中所述,并且R2如以上在式(VI)中所述。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为氨基甲酸羟乙酯。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino, L is as described above in formula (I), and R 2 is as described above in formula (VI). For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is hydroxyethyl carbamate.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括咪唑,产生包含咪唑的封端聚氨酯。在一些实施方案中,包含咪唑的封端试剂包含式(IX):In some embodiments, at least one type of capping agent comprises imidazole, resulting in a capped polyurethane comprising imidazole. In some embodiments, the capping agent comprising imidazole comprises formula (IX):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述,并且R2如以上在式(VI)中所述。wherein L is as described above in formula (I), and R 2 is as described above in formula (VI).

在一些实施方案中,式(IX)包含式(X):In some embodiments, Formula (IX) comprises Formula (X):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,包含式(IX)或(X)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XI)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (IX) or (X) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting an isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XI):

其中Q为羟基或氨基,并且R2如以上在式(VI)中所述。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为2-羟基乙基甲基咪唑鎓。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino, and R 2 is as described above in formula (VI). For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 2-hydroxyethylmethylimidazolium.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括环状碳酸酯,产生包含含有环状碳酸酯的封端试剂的封端聚氨酯。术语“环状碳酸酯”在本领域中具有其普通含义,并且是指含有至少一种类型的环状碳酸酯低聚物,例如二聚物、三聚物、四聚物等的分子基团。在一些实施方案中,包含环状碳酸酯的封端试剂包含式(XII):In some embodiments, at least one type of end-capping agent includes cyclic carbonate, producing an end-capped polyurethane comprising an end-capping agent comprising a cyclic carbonate. Term "cyclic carbonate" has its common meaning in this area, and refers to a molecular group containing at least one type of cyclic carbonate oligomer, such as a dimer, trimer, tetramer, etc. In some embodiments, the end-capping agent comprising a cyclic carbonate comprises formula (XII):

其中R2如以上在式(VI)中所述,L如以上在式(I)中所述,n为1-4,并且表示连接到聚氨酯的键的位置。在一些实施方案中,R2为氢。在一些实施方案中,n为1。在某些实施方案中,n为2。在一些实施方案中,L为任选地取代的亚烷基。在一些实施方案中,式(XII)包含式(XIII):wherein R is as described above in formula (VI), L is as described above in formula (I), n is 1-4 and represents the position of the bond to the polyurethane. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen. In some embodiments, n is 1. In certain embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, L is an optionally substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, formula (XII) comprises formula (XIII):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,R1为氢。在一些实施方案中,包含式(II)或(III)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XIV)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, R 1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (II) or (III) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XIV):

其中L和R2如以上就式(XII)所述,并且Q为羟基或氨基。在一些实施方案中,式(XIV)的化合物包含式(XV):wherein L and R 2 are as described above for formula (XII), and Q is hydroxy or amino. In some embodiments, the compound of formula (XIV) comprises formula (XV):

其中m如以上就式(XIII)所述。在一些实施方案中,m为1。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为碳酸甘油酯。wherein m is as described above for formula (XIII). In some embodiments, m is 1. For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is glycerol carbonate.

在一些实施方案中,封端试剂包含吡咯烷酮。在一些实施方案中,包含吡咯烷酮的封端试剂包含式(XVI):In some embodiments, the capping agent comprises pyrrolidone. In some embodiments, the capping agent comprising pyrrolidone comprises formula (XVI):

其中每个R2是相同的或不同的,并且选自氢、任选地取代的烷基、任选地取代的杂烷基、任选地取代的芳基、任选地取代的杂芳基、任选地取代的卤化物基团和任选地取代的羟基,M为连接基团,任选地不存在,并且--表示连接到聚氨酯的键的位置。连接基团的非限制性实例包括任选地取代的亚烷基和任选地取代的杂亚烷基。在一些实施方案中,每个R2为氢。在一些实施方案中,M为任选地取代的亚烷基。在一些实施方案中,式(XVI)包含式(XVII)。在某些实施方案中,M包含反应性官能团。Wherein each R 2 is identical or different, and is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted halide group and optionally substituted hydroxyl, M is a linking group, optionally does not exist, and -- represents the position of the key being connected to polyurethane. The limiting examples of linking group includes optionally substituted alkylene and optionally substituted heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, each R 2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, M is optionally substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, formula (XVI) includes formula (XVII). In certain embodiments, M includes reactive functional groups.

其中r为1-10。在一些实施方案中,r为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,r为2。在一些实施方案中,包含式(XVI)或(XVII)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XVIII)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein r is 1-10. In some embodiments, r is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, r is 2. In some embodiments, a blocking agent comprising formula (XVI) or (XVII) is combined with a polyurethane by reacting an isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XVIII):

其中M和R2如以上就式(XVI)所述,并且Q为羟基或氨基。在一些实施方案中,式(XVIII)的化合物包含式(XIX):wherein M and R 2 are as described above for formula (XVI), and Q is hydroxy or amino. In some embodiments, the compound of formula (XVIII) comprises formula (XIX):

其中r如以上就式(XVII)所述。在一些实施方案中,r为2。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为2-羟乙基吡咯烷酮。wherein r is as described above for Formula (XVII). In some embodiments, r is 2. For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括丙烯酸酯,产生包含丙烯酸酯的封端聚氨酯。在一些实施方案中,包含丙烯酸酯的封端试剂包含式(XX):In some embodiments, at least one type of capping agent comprises an acrylate, resulting in a capped polyurethane comprising an acrylate. In some embodiments, the capping agent comprising an acrylate comprises formula (XX):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述,并且R2如以上在式(VI)中所述。wherein L is as described above in formula (I), and R 2 is as described above in formula (VI).

在一些实施方案中,式(XX)包含式(XXI):In some embodiments, Formula (XX) comprises Formula (XXI):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,包含式(XX)或(XXI)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XXII)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (XX) or (XXI) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XXII):

其中Q为羟基或氨基,并且R2如以上在式(VI)中所述。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为丙烯酸2-羟乙酯或甲基丙烯酸2-羟乙酯。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino, and R 2 is as described above in formula (VI). For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate or 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括醚,产生包含醚的封端聚氨酯。在一些实施方案中,包含醚的封端试剂包含式(XXIII):In some embodiments, at least one type of capping agent comprises an ether, resulting in an ether-containing capped polyurethane. In some embodiments, the ether-containing capping agent comprises formula (XXIII):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述,并且R2如以上在式(VI)中所述。wherein L is as described above in formula (I), and R 2 is as described above in formula (VI).

在一些实施方案中,式(XXIII)包含式(XXIV):In some embodiments, Formula (XXIII) comprises Formula (XXIV):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,包含式(XXIII)或(XXIV)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XXV)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (XXIII) or (XXIV) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XXV):

其中Q为羟基或氨基,并且R2如以上在式(VI)中所述。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为2-乙氧基乙醇。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino, and R 2 is as described above in Formula (VI). For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 2-ethoxyethanol.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括卤化物,产生包含卤化物的封端聚氨酯。在一些实施方案中,包含卤化物的封端试剂包含式(XXVI):In some embodiments, at least one type of capping agent comprises a halide, resulting in a halide-containing capped polyurethane. In some embodiments, the halide-containing capping agent comprises formula (XXVI):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述,X为卤素(例如F、Cl、Br、I),并且Y为任选地取代的亚芳基、任选地取代的C1-10亚烷基或任选地取代的环氧烷基。在一些实施方案中,Y包含反应性官能团。在某些实施方案中,X包含反应性官能团。Wherein L is as described above in formula (I), X is halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), and Y is optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted C 1-10 alkylene or optionally substituted epoxyalkylene. In some embodiments, Y comprises a reactive functional group. In certain embodiments, X comprises a reactive functional group.

在一些实施方案中,式(XXVI)包含式(XXVII):In some embodiments, Formula (XXVI) comprises Formula (XXVII):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,包含式(XXVI)或(XXVII)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XXVIII)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (XXVI) or (XXVII) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XXVIII):

其中Q为羟基或氨基。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为4-氯苄醇。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino. For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 4-chlorobenzyl alcohol.

在一些实施方案中,式(XXVI)包含式(XXVII):In some embodiments, Formula (XXVI) comprises Formula (XXVII):

其中m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,m为1。在一些实施方案中,包含式(XXVI)或(XXVII)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XXVIII)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (XXVI) or (XXVII) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XXVIII):

其中Q为羟基或氨基。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为4-氯苄醇。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino. For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 4-chlorobenzyl alcohol.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括酸,产生包含酸的封端聚氨酯。在一些实施方案中,包含酸的封端试剂包含式(XXIX)或式(XXX):In some embodiments, at least one type of end-capping agent comprises an acid, resulting in an acid-containing end-capped polyurethane. In some embodiments, the end-capping agent comprising an acid comprises Formula (XXIX) or Formula (XXX):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述,A为硫、磷或硼。在一些这样的实施方案中,L为-(CH2)m-且m为1-10。在一些实施方案中,m为1-5、或1-3、或1、或2、或3、或4、或5。在一些实施方案中,包含式(XXIX)或(XXX)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XXXI)或式(XXXII)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:wherein L is as described above in formula (I), and A is sulfur, phosphorus, or boron. In some such embodiments, L is -(CH 2 ) m - and m is 1-10. In some embodiments, m is 1-5, or 1-3, or 1, or 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (XXIX) or (XXX) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting an isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XXXI) or (XXXII):

其中Q为羟基或氨基。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为3-氨基丙磺酸。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino. For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 3-aminopropanesulfonic acid.

另外的包括醚和/或酸的合适的封端试剂描述于例如第US 2011/0306724号美国专利申请,其通过引用并入本文。Additional suitable capping agents including ethers and/or acids are described, for example, in US Patent Application No. US 2011/0306724, which is incorporated herein by reference.

在一些实施方案中,至少一种类型的封端试剂包括硅烷,产生包含硅烷的封端聚氨酯。在一些实施方案中,包含硅烷的封端试剂包含式(XXXIII):In some embodiments, at least one type of end-capping agent comprises a silane, resulting in an end-capped polyurethane comprising a silane. In some embodiments, the end-capping agent comprising a silane comprises formula (XXXIII):

其中L如以上在式(I)中所述,并且其中每个R3是相同的或不同的,并且包含-(CH2)n-或-O-(CH2)n,其中每个n是相同的或不同的,并且为1-4。在一些实施方案中,每个n是相同的或不同的,并且为1或2。在一些实施方案中,R3包含反应性官能团。wherein L is as described above in formula (I), and wherein each R 3 is the same or different and comprises -(CH 2 ) n - or -O-(CH 2 ) n , wherein each n is the same or different and is 1 to 4. In some embodiments, each n is the same or different and is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, R 3 comprises a reactive functional group.

在一些实施方案中,包含式(XXXIII)的封端试剂通过异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯与包含式(XXXIV)的封端试剂的反应与聚氨酯结合:In some embodiments, the blocking agent comprising formula (XXXIII) is combined with the polyurethane by reacting the isocyanate-terminated polyurethane with a blocking agent comprising formula (XXXIV):

其中Q为羟基或氨基。例如,在一些这样的实施方案中,封端试剂为3-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷。wherein Q is hydroxy or amino. For example, in some such embodiments, the capping agent is 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane.

在一些实施方案中,使用第一种类型和第二种类型的封端试剂。例如在一些情况下,第一种类型的封端试剂包含环状碳酸酯,并且第二种类型的封端试剂包含吡咯烷酮。可以使用任何合适的第一种类型的封端试剂与第二种类型的封端试剂的比例,例如约1:2至约2:1、约1:1.5至约1.5:1、或约1:1。In some embodiments, the end-capping reagent of the first type and the second type is used. For example, in some cases, the end-capping reagent of the first type comprises cyclic carbonate, and the end-capping reagent of the second type comprises pyrrolidone. The ratio of the end-capping reagent of any suitable first type and the end-capping reagent of the second type can be used, for example, from about 1:2 to about 2:1, from about 1:1.5 to about 1.5:1 or about 1:1.

本领域普通技术人员将知晓其它合适类型的封端试剂和/或本文所述的那些以外的试剂。例如,在一些实施方案中,封端基团和/或封端试剂包含烷基、芳基、氰基、氨基甲酸酯基团和/或丙烯酸酯基团。Those of ordinary skill in the art will know other suitable types of end-capping agents and/or agents other than those described herein. For example, in some embodiments, the end-capping group and/or end-capping agent comprises an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a carbamate group, and/or an acrylate group.

在一些实施方案中,粘合剂(例如封端或异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯)可通过粘合剂与扩链试剂的反应而扩链。扩链可在适合得到粘合剂的目标Mn和/或得到粘合剂的目标官能度的条件下进行。在一些实施方案中,扩链可通过粘合剂的一种或多种侧基的反应进行。在一些实施方案中,反应性官能团存在于扩链试剂上。In some embodiments, the adhesive (e.g., a blocked or isocyanate-terminated polyurethane) can be chain extended by reacting the adhesive with a chain extension agent. Chain extension can be performed under conditions suitable for obtaining a target Mn for the adhesive and/or obtaining a target functionality for the adhesive. In some embodiments, chain extension can be performed by reacting one or more pendant groups of the adhesive. In some embodiments, the reactive functional group is present on the chain extension agent.

本领域普通技术人员将知晓用于测定聚氨酯或其它聚合物(例如用于制备聚氨酯的多元醇)的分子量的方法和系统。在一些实施方案中,分子量可使用凝胶渗透色谱法(GPC)测定。在一些实施方案中,分子量(Mn)使用以聚苯乙烯标准品校正的GPC来测定。Those of ordinary skill in the art will be aware of methods and systems for determining the molecular weight of polyurethanes or other polymers (e.g., polyols used to prepare polyurethanes). In some embodiments, molecular weight can be determined using gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In some embodiments, molecular weight (Mn) is determined using GPC calibrated with polystyrene standards.

本领域普通技术人员将知晓用于测定官能度(即存在于粘合剂中能够与固化物质反应,使得固化部分如交联形成的反应性官能团的每分子平均数量和/或比例)的方法和系统。One of ordinary skill in the art will be aware of methods and systems for determining functionality (i.e., the average number and/or proportion per molecule of reactive functional groups present in the adhesive that are capable of reacting with a curing species to form a cured moiety, such as a crosslink).

此外,参考作为示例性粘合剂的聚氨酯,在一些实施方案中,扩链试剂可以包含二醇或二胺。例如,扩链试剂可以包含二氨基化合物。二氨基化合物的非限制性实例包括具有结构H2N-R4-NH2的化合物,其中R4为任选地取代的亚芳基或任选地取代的亚烷基。在一些实施方案中,R4为-(CH2)p-,其中p为1-10、或2-8、或3-7、或4-6。在一些实施方案中,扩链试剂为六亚甲二胺。在某些实施方案中,R4包含反应性官能团。在示例性实施方案中,扩链试剂为1,3-二氨基-2-丙醇(例如其中羟基为反应性官能团)。In addition, with reference to polyurethane as an exemplary adhesive, in some embodiments, the chain extender may comprise a diol or a diamine. For example, the chain extender may comprise a diamino compound. Non-limiting examples of diamino compounds include compounds having the structure H 2 NR 4 -NH 2 , wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted arylene group or an optionally substituted alkylene group. In some embodiments, R 4 is -(CH 2 ) p -, wherein p is 1-10, or 2-8, or 3-7, or 4-6. In some embodiments, the chain extender is hexamethylenediamine. In certain embodiments, R 4 comprises a reactive functional group. In an exemplary embodiment, the chain extender is 1,3-diamino-2-propanol (e.g., wherein a hydroxyl group is a reactive functional group).

在一些实施方案中,扩链试剂包含二醇化合物(例如如上所述)。二醇化合物的非限制性实例包括具有结构HO-R5-OH的化合物,其中R5为任选地取代的亚芳基或任选地取代的亚烷基。在一些实施方案中,R5为-(CH2)p-,其中p为1-10、或2-8、或3-7、或4-6。在某些实施方案中,R5包含反应性官能团。在示例性实施方案中,扩链试剂包含如式(XXXV)的结构:In some embodiments, the chain extension agent comprises a diol compound (e.g., as described above). Non-limiting examples of diol compounds include compounds having the structure HO- R5 -OH, wherein R5 is an optionally substituted arylene or an optionally substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, R5 is -(CH2)p-, wherein p is 1-10, or 2-8, or 3-7, or 4-6. In certain embodiments, R5 comprises a reactive functional group. In an exemplary embodiment, the chain extension agent comprises a structure such as Formula (XXXV):

其中m为1-100。在一些实施方案中,m为至少1、至少2、至少5、至少10、至少20、至少50、或至少75。在某些实施方案中,m小于或等于100、小于或等于75、小于或等于50、小于或等于20、小于或等于10、小于或等于5、或小于或等于2。上述范围的组合也是可以的(例如m为1至100、m为1至20、m为10至50、m为20至75、m为50至100)。其它范围也是可以的。包含一种或多种官能团的扩链试剂的另外的非限制性实例(例如二胺和二醇)示于图3。wherein m is 1-100. In some embodiments, m is at least 1, at least 2, at least 5, at least 10, at least 20, at least 50, or at least 75. In certain embodiments, m is less than or equal to 100, less than or equal to 75, less than or equal to 50, less than or equal to 20, less than or equal to 10, less than or equal to 5, or less than or equal to 2. Combinations of the foregoing ranges are also possible (e.g., m is 1 to 100, m is 1 to 20, m is 10 to 50, m is 20 to 75, m is 50 to 100). Other ranges are also possible. Additional non-limiting examples of chain extension agents comprising one or more functional groups (e.g., diamines and diols) are shown in FIG3 .

在一些实施方案中,至少一部分的聚合后残余反应性异氰酸酯基团可通过添加一种或多种终止试剂,使得残余异氰酸酯基团基本上不反应而去活化。例如在一些实施方案中,终止试剂可为封端试剂,以使异氰酸酯基团的进一步反应终止。In some embodiments, at least a portion of the reactive isocyanate groups remaining after polymerization can be deactivated by adding one or more terminating agents such that the residual isocyanate groups are substantially unreactive. For example, in some embodiments, the terminating agent can be a blocking agent to terminate further reaction of the isocyanate groups.

在某些实施方案中,聚氨酯上存在的酸基团可通过添加一种或多种中和试剂,使得聚氨酯可被分散于水中而中和。中和试剂的非限制性实例包括氢氧化物(例如氢氧化钾、氢氧化锂)和叔胺(例如三乙胺、三丁胺、乙基二丙基胺、乙基二丁基胺、二乙基丙基胺、二乙基单丁基胺)。在一些实施方案中,中和试剂为三乙胺。同样地,聚氨酯上存在的碱基可通过添加一种或多种酸性中和试剂如乙酸,使得聚氨酯可被分散于水中而中和。中和试剂的使用量可为约10-150%(例如相对于聚氨酯上存在的酸基团的数目)。如上所述,本文所述的粘合剂(例如作为水性分散体,在粘合剂层中)通常包含两种或更多种通过一种或多种反应性官能团(例如与一种或多种固化物质)的反应(即固化)形成的固化部分。例如,在一些实施方案中,粘合剂通过至少一种反应性官能团、至少两种反应性官能团、至少三种反应性官能团、或至少四种反应性官能团的反应形成。每个反应性官能团可是相同的或不同的,并且通常能够与一种或多种固化物质反应,如以下更详细描述的。In certain embodiments, the acid groups present on the polyurethane can be dispersed in water and neutralized by adding one or more neutralizing agents. The non-limiting examples of neutralizing agents include hydroxides (such as potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide) and tertiary amines (such as triethylamine, tributylamine, ethyldipropylamine, ethyldibutylamine, diethylpropylamine, diethyl monobutylamine). In some embodiments, the neutralizing agent is triethylamine. Similarly, the bases present on the polyurethane can be dispersed in water and neutralized by adding one or more acidic neutralizing agents such as acetic acid. The usage amount of the neutralizing agent can be about 10-150% (for example, relative to the number of acid groups present on the polyurethane). As mentioned above, adhesive as described herein (for example, as an aqueous dispersion, in an adhesive layer) generally includes two or more curing portions formed by the reaction (i.e., curing) of one or more reactive functional groups (for example, with one or more curing substances). For example, in some embodiments, the adhesive is formed by the reaction of at least one reactive functional group, at least two reactive functional groups, at least three reactive functional groups, or at least four reactive functional groups. Each reactive functional group may be the same or different and is generally capable of reacting with one or more curing species, as described in more detail below.

在一些实施方案中,反应性官能团具有特定的偶极矩。在一些情况下,与传统粘合剂相比,使用通过一种或多种偶极矩相对高(例如偶极矩大于2德拜)的官能团的反应而形成的粘合剂可改进电光显示器的电光性能。本领域技术人员将能够选择测定反应性基团的偶极矩的适宜方法。官能团的偶极矩可为约2德拜至约6德拜。在一些实施方案中,官能团的偶极矩为至少约2德拜、至少约2.5德拜、至少约3德拜、至少约4德拜、或至少约5德拜。例如环状碳酸酯基团(例如包含如式(XIV)的结构)可具有约5德拜的偶极矩,吡咯烷酮(例如包含如式(XVII)的结构)可具有约4德拜的偶极矩,腈(例如包含如式(V)的结构)可具有约3.5德拜的偶极矩。In some embodiments, the reactive functional group has a specific dipole moment. In some cases, compared to traditional adhesives, the electro-optical performance of electro-optical displays can be improved by using an adhesive formed by the reaction of one or more functional groups with relatively high dipole moments (e.g., a dipole moment greater than 2 debyes). Those skilled in the art will be able to select a suitable method for measuring the dipole moment of the reactive group. The dipole moment of the functional group can be from about 2 debyes to about 6 debyes. In some embodiments, the dipole moment of the functional group is at least about 2 debyes, at least about 2.5 debyes, at least about 3 debyes, at least about 4 debyes, or at least about 5 debyes. For example, a cyclic carbonate group (e.g., comprising a structure such as formula (XIV)) can have a dipole moment of about 5 debyes, a pyrrolidone (e.g., comprising a structure such as formula (XVII)) can have a dipole moment of about 4 debyes, and a nitrile (e.g., comprising a structure such as formula (V)) can have a dipole moment of about 3.5 debyes.

反应性官能团通常以相对总粘合剂组合物约5摩尔%(mol%)至约25摩尔%的量存在于粘合剂中。在一些实施方案中,反应性官能团以至少约5摩尔%、至少约10摩尔%、至少约15摩尔%、或至少约20摩尔%的量存在于粘合剂中。在某些实施方案中,反应性官能团以小于或等于约25摩尔%、小于或等于约20摩尔%、小于或等于约15摩尔%、或小于或等于约10摩尔%的量存在于粘合剂中。上述范围的组合也是可以的(例如约5摩尔%至约25摩尔%)。The reactive functional group is present in the tackiness agent with the amount of about 5 % by mole (mol%) of relative total adhesive composition to about 25 % by mole usually.In some embodiments, the reactive functional group is present in the tackiness agent with at least about 5 % by mole, at least about 10 % by mole, at least about 15 % by mole or at least about 20 % by mole.In certain embodiments, the reactive functional group is present in the tackiness agent with the amount of less than or equal to about 25 % by mole, less than or equal to about 20 % by mole, less than or equal to about 15 % by mole or less than or equal to about 10 % by mole.The combination of above-mentioned scope also is possible (for example about 5 % by mole to about 25 % by mole).

在一些实施方案中,粘合剂通过至少一种反应性官能团与至少一种固化物质的反应(例如在粘合剂固化期间)固化。在示例性实施方案中,粘合剂通过第一反应性官能团与第一固化物质的反应(例如形成第一固化部分的第一固化步骤),以及第二反应性官能团与第二固化物质的反应(例如形成第二固化部分的第二固化步骤)来固化。本领域技术人员应了解,基于本说明书的教导,至少一种反应性官能团与至少一种固化物质的反应不意在包括在例如添加封端试剂和/或扩链试剂之前形成粘合剂主链的反应(例如二异氰酸酯与第二试剂如二醇形成聚氨酯的反应)。也就是说,本文所述的至少一种反应性官能团与至少一种固化物质的反应通常在粘合剂固化期间发生(例如使得粘合剂的机械性质(例如杨氏弹性模量增加)、流变性质(例如粘度增加)等中的一种发生变化)。然而如上所述,一种或多种反应性官能团可以存在于粘合剂主链中,并且可以与一种或多种固化物质反应。In some embodiments, adhesive is solidified by the reaction (such as during adhesive curing) of at least one reactive functional group and at least one curing material.In exemplary embodiments, adhesive is solidified by the reaction (such as forming the first curing step of the first curing part) of the first reactive functional group and the first curing material, and the reaction (such as forming the second curing step of the second curing part) of the second reactive functional group and the second curing material. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, based on the teaching of this specification, the reaction of at least one reactive functional group and at least one curing material is not intended to be included in the reaction (such as diisocyanate and the second reagent such as glycol forming polyurethane) of forming adhesive backbone before, for example, adding end-capping reagent and/or chain extension reagent. That is to say, the reaction of at least one reactive functional group as herein described and at least one curing material occurs generally during adhesive curing (such as making the mechanical properties (such as Young's modulus of elasticity increase) of adhesive, rheological properties (such as viscosity increase) etc. one kind change). However, as mentioned above, one or more reactive functional groups can be present in adhesive backbone, and can react with one or more curing materials.

在一些实施方案中,粘合剂通过反应性官能团与固化物质,如扩链试剂、交联试剂、或其组合的反应而固化。在某些实施方案中,粘合剂通过第一反应性官能团与固化物质,如可存在于主链上或封端试剂上的第二反应性官能团的反应而固化。在示例性实施方案中,粘合剂可通过对粘合剂材料进行热塑性干燥,使得粘合剂材料上存在的两种或更多种反应性官能团反应而固化。In some embodiments, the adhesive is cured by reaction of a reactive functional group with a curing agent, such as a chain extender, a cross-linking agent, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the adhesive is cured by reaction of a first reactive functional group with a curing agent, such as a second reactive functional group that may be present on the backbone or on a capping agent. In an exemplary embodiment, the adhesive may be cured by thermoplastic drying the adhesive material to react two or more reactive functional groups present on the adhesive material.

在一些情况下,如上所述,固化物质包含一种类型的反应性官能团。例如,固化物质可以包含设计成与粘合剂材料主链上或封端试剂上存在的羟基反应性官能团反应的羧酸基团。在示例性实施方案中,反应性官能团包含碳-碳双键或碳-碳三键,其通过硫醇烯反应而与固化物质如巯基反应。在一些实施方案中,反应性官能团能够与交联试剂(即交联剂)反应。也就是说,在一些情况下,固化物质包含交联剂。合适的交联剂的非限制性实例包括含有多官能反应性基团的单体、低聚物和聚合物,所述多官能反应性基团包括胺基团、碳二亚胺基团、环氧基、醇基团、硫醇基团、异氰酸酯基团等。本领域技术人员将能够基于本说明书的教导选择合适的交联剂。在一些实施方案中,固化物质为如上所述的扩链试剂。在某些实施方案中,反应性官能团能够自交联和/或自扩链,如单、二或三烷氧基硅烷。在一些这样的实施方案中,固化物质可以包含能够与反应性官能团反应的与反应性官能团相同类型的基团(例如硅烷基团)。In some cases, as described above, the curing material comprises a type of reactive functional group. For example, the curing material may comprise a carboxylic acid group designed to react with the hydroxyl reactive functional group present on the main chain of the adhesive material or on the end-capping reagent. In an exemplary embodiment, the reactive functional group comprises a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond, which reacts with the curing material such as a sulfhydryl group through a thiol-ene reaction. In some embodiments, the reactive functional group can react with a cross-linking agent (i.e., a cross-linking agent). That is, in some cases, the curing material comprises a cross-linking agent. Non-limiting examples of suitable cross-linking agents include monomers, oligomers, and polymers containing multifunctional reactive groups, and the multifunctional reactive groups include amine groups, carbodiimide groups, epoxy groups, alcohol groups, thiol groups, isocyanate groups, etc. Those skilled in the art will be able to select suitable cross-linking agents based on the teachings of this specification. In some embodiments, the curing material is a chain extension agent as described above. In certain embodiments, the reactive functional group can self-crosslink and/or self-extend, such as mono-, di-, or trialkoxysilanes. In some such embodiments, the curing species may comprise the same type of group as the reactive functional group (eg, a silane group) that is capable of reacting with the reactive functional group.

在一些实施方案中,粘合剂通过将粘合剂(例如聚氨酯)上存在的一种或多种反应性官能团与两种或更多种交联剂反应而形成。例如,在某些实施方案中,使粘合剂与第一交联剂(即第一固化)和第二交联剂(即第二固化)反应。在一些实施方案中,在第一固化步骤期间,如粘合剂的干燥和/或层压期间,使粘合剂主链与第一交联剂反应。在某些实施方案中,随后在第二固化步骤期间使粘合剂与第二交联剂反应。在一些实施方案中,第一交联剂和第二交联剂具有不同的与粘合剂(例如与粘合剂主链上的一种或多种反应性官能团)交联的速率。在某些实施方案中,第一交联剂和第二交联剂具有类似的与粘合剂上存在的反应性官能团交联的速率。有利地,使用两种或更多种交联剂提供期望的能够在粘合剂的层压和/或干燥期间实现粘合剂的有效平坦化的流变性质,和/或低粘合剂层涂层重量。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂的机械性质可以通过第二交联剂(即在第二固化步骤期间)控制。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂的长期应力可靠性可以通过第二交联剂控制。In some embodiments, adhesive is formed by reacting one or more reactive functional groups present on adhesive (such as polyurethane) with two or more cross-linking agents. For example, in certain embodiments, adhesive is reacted with the first cross-linking agent (i.e., the first solidification) and the second cross-linking agent (i.e., the second solidification). In some embodiments, during the first curing step, such as during the drying and/or lamination of adhesive, the adhesive backbone is reacted with the first cross-linking agent. In certain embodiments, adhesive is subsequently reacted with the second cross-linking agent during the second curing step. In some embodiments, the first cross-linking agent and the second cross-linking agent have different rates of cross-linking with adhesive (such as with one or more reactive functional groups on the adhesive backbone). In certain embodiments, the first cross-linking agent and the second cross-linking agent have similar rates of cross-linking with the reactive functional groups present on adhesive. Advantageously, using two or more cross-linking agents provides desired rheological properties that can realize the effective flattening of adhesive during the lamination and/or drying of adhesive, and/or low adhesive layer coating weight. In some embodiments, the mechanical properties of adhesive can be controlled by the second cross-linking agent (i.e., during the second curing step). In some embodiments, the long-term stress reliability of adhesive can be controlled by the second cross-linking agent.

在一些实施方案中,官能反应性基团在以下刺激源的存在下与固化物质反应:如电磁辐射(例如可见光、UV光等)、电子束、升高的温度(例如在溶剂萃取或缩合反应期间所使用的)、化合物(例如,硫醇烯)和/或交联剂。反应性官能团反应(例如固化步骤)类型的示例性实施方案示于图4,其包括二胺或多胺交联、自交联、硫醇烯/UV交联和UV交联。In some embodiments, the functional reactive groups react with the curing material in the presence of a stimulus such as electromagnetic radiation (e.g., visible light, UV light, etc.), an electron beam, elevated temperature (e.g., used during solvent extraction or condensation reactions), a compound (e.g., thiol-ene), and/or a crosslinking agent. Exemplary embodiments of the types of reactive functional group reactions (e.g., curing steps) are shown in FIG4 , and include diamine or polyamine crosslinking, self-crosslinking, thiol-ene/UV crosslinking, and UV crosslinking.

虽然以上描述涉及示例性聚氨酯粘合剂组合物,但本领域技术人员将知道将反应性官能团引入其它类型的粘合剂材料中。例如可通过使用含环氧基的丙烯酸酯单体将环氧基官能团引入基于聚丙烯酸酯的粘合剂中,可将双键官能团引入基于醇酸的材料中等。在一些实施方案中,如上所述,粘合剂可以包含两种或更多种类型的粘合剂材料(即粘合剂混合物)。例如在一些情况下,粘合剂可以包含聚丙烯酸酯,如丙烯酸(例如设计成通过热塑性干燥进行第一固化)和聚氨酯(例如设计成通过聚氨酯与丙烯酸酯上存在的反应性官能团的反应进行第二固化)。Although the above description relates to exemplary polyurethane adhesive compositions, those skilled in the art will appreciate that reactive functional groups can be introduced into other types of adhesive materials. For example, epoxy functional groups can be introduced into polyacrylate-based adhesives using epoxy-containing acrylate monomers, double bond functional groups can be introduced into alkyd-based materials, etc. In some embodiments, as described above, the adhesive can comprise two or more types of adhesive materials (i.e., adhesive mixtures). For example, in some cases, the adhesive can comprise polyacrylates, such as acrylic acid (e.g., designed to undergo a first cure by thermoplastic drying) and polyurethanes (e.g., designed to undergo a second cure by reacting the reactive functional groups present on the polyurethane and acrylates).

如上所述,在一些实施方案中,粘合剂层位于前板电极与背板电极之间,其可施加改变电光材料的电状态所需的电场。也就是说,粘合剂的电性质(例如电阻率、电导率)可改变施加于电光材料的电场。如果粘合剂的电阻率太高,则在粘合剂层内可能发生电压大幅下降,需要升高跨电极的电压。以该方式升高跨电极的电压是不期望的,因为其可能增加显示器的功耗,并且可能需要使用更复杂且昂贵的控制电路以处理所涉及的升高的电压。相反地,如果可以跨电光组件连续延伸的粘合剂层与电极矩阵接触,如在有源矩阵显示器中那样,则粘合剂的体积电阻率不应太低,否则通过连续粘合剂层的横向电流传导可能在相邻电极之间造成不期望的串扰。此外,由于大部分材料的体积电阻率可能随温度升高而快速降低,如果粘合剂的体积电阻率太低,,则组件在大幅高于室温的温度下的性能会受到不利影响。因此,在一些实施方案中,粘合剂的体积电阻率可在约108ohm·cm至约1012ohm·cm、或约109ohm·cm至约1011ohm·cm的范围内(例如在约20℃的组件运行温度下)。体积电阻率的其它范围也是可以的。As mentioned above, in some embodiments, the adhesive layer is located between the front plate electrode and the back plate electrode, and it can apply the electric field required to change the electrical state of the electro-optical material. That is to say, the electrical properties (such as resistivity, conductivity) of the adhesive can change the electric field applied to the electro-optical material. If the resistivity of the adhesive is too high, then a significant drop in voltage may occur in the adhesive layer, and the voltage across the electrodes needs to be raised. Raising the voltage across the electrodes in this way is undesirable because it may increase the power consumption of the display, and it may be necessary to use a more complex and expensive control circuit to process the voltage involved in the rise. On the contrary, if the adhesive layer that can extend continuously across the electro-optical component contacts the electrode matrix, as in an active matrix display, the volume resistivity of the adhesive should not be too low, otherwise the lateral current conduction by the continuous adhesive layer may cause undesirable crosstalk between adjacent electrodes. In addition, since the volume resistivity of most materials may decrease rapidly with increasing temperature, if the volume resistivity of the adhesive is too low, the performance of the assembly at a temperature significantly higher than room temperature may be adversely affected. Thus, in some embodiments, the adhesive may have a volume resistivity in a range of about 108 ohm·cm to about 1012 ohm·cm, or about 109 ohm·cm to about 1011 ohm·cm (e.g., at a component operating temperature of about 20° C.). Other ranges of volume resistivity are also possible.

固化后(例如在第一固化和第二固化后)的粘合剂层可具有特定的平均涂层重量。例如,粘合剂层的平均涂层重量可为约2g/m2至约25g/m2。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂层的平均涂层重量为至少约2g/m2、至少约4g/m2、至少约5g/m2、至少约8g/m2、至少约10g/m2、至少约15g/m2或至少约20g/m2。在某些实施方案中,粘合剂层的平均涂层重量小于或等于约25g/m2、小于或等于约20g/m2、小于或等于约15g/m2、小于或等于约10g/m2、小于或等于约8g/m2、小于或等于约5g/m2或小于或等于约4g/m2。上述范围的组合也是可以的(例如约2g/m2至约25g/m2、约4g/m2至约10g/m2、约5g/m2至约20g/m2、约8g/m2至约25g/m2)。其它范围也是可以的。The adhesive layer after curing (e.g., after the first and second curing) can have a specific average coating weight. For example, the average coating weight of the adhesive layer can be from about 2 g/m 2 to about 25 g/m 2. In some embodiments, the average coating weight of the adhesive layer is at least about 2 g/m 2 , at least about 4 g/m 2 , at least about 5 g/m 2 , at least about 8 g/m 2 , at least about 10 g/m 2 , at least about 15 g/m 2 , or at least about 20 g/m 2. In certain embodiments, the average coating weight of the adhesive layer is less than or equal to about 25 g/m 2 , less than or equal to about 20 g/m 2 , less than or equal to about 15 g/m 2 , less than or equal to about 10 g/m 2 , less than or equal to about 8 g/m 2 , less than or equal to about 5 g/m 2 , or less than or equal to about 4 g/m 2 . Combinations of the above-referenced ranges are also possible (e.g., about 2 g/ m2 to about 25 g/ m2 , about 4 g/ m2 to about 10 g/ m2 , about 5 g/ m2 to about 20 g/ m2 , about 8 g/ m2 to about 25 g/ m2 ). Other ranges are also possible.

粘合剂层在固化前可以具有特定的平均湿涂层厚度(例如使得粘合剂不显著改变电光组件的电和/或光性质)。例如,粘合剂层的平均湿涂层厚度可为约1微米至约100微米、约1微米至约50微米、或约5微米至约25微米。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂层的平均湿涂层厚度可小于约25微米、小于约20微米、小于约15微米、小于约12微米、小于约10微米、或小于约5微米。在一些实施方案中(例如在粘合剂被直接湿涂布于电光材料的实施方案中),粘合剂层的平均湿涂层厚度可为约1微米至约50微米、或约5微米至约25微米、或约5微米至约15微米。在一些实施方案中(例如在粘合剂被涂布到层上,然后层压到电光材料的实施方案中),粘合剂层的平均湿涂层厚度可为约15微米至30微米、或20微米至25微米。其它的湿涂层厚度也是可以的。Adhesive layer can have specific average wet coating thickness (for example, making adhesive not significantly change the electricity and/or light property of electro-optical assembly) before solidification.For example, the average wet coating thickness of adhesive layer can be approximately 1 micron to approximately 100 microns, approximately 1 micron to approximately 50 microns or approximately 5 microns to approximately 25 microns.In some embodiments, the average wet coating thickness of adhesive layer can be less than approximately 25 microns, less than approximately 20 microns, less than approximately 15 microns, less than approximately 12 microns, less than approximately 10 microns or less than approximately 5 microns.In some embodiments (for example, adhesive is directly wet-coated in the embodiment of electro-optical material), the average wet coating thickness of adhesive layer can be approximately 1 micron to approximately 50 microns or approximately 5 microns to approximately 25 microns or approximately 5 microns to approximately 15 microns.In some embodiments (for example, adhesive is coated on the layer, then laminated to the embodiment of electro-optical material), the average wet coating thickness of adhesive layer can be approximately 15 microns to 30 microns or 20 microns to 25 microns.Other wet coating thickness is also possible.

应理解,粘合剂层可覆盖整个下层,或者粘合剂层可仅覆盖下层的部分。It should be understood that the adhesive layer may cover the entire underlying layer, or the adhesive layer may cover only portions of the underlying layer.

此外,粘合剂层可以作为层压材料施加,其通常产生较厚的粘合剂层,或者其可以作为外涂层施加,其通常产生比层压材料薄的层。外涂层可使用双重固化系统,其中在外涂布之前进行第一固化,使得粘合剂可被涂布在电光材料表面(或另一表面)上,并且第二固化在外涂布之后固定材料。如果下表面是粗糙的并且仅施加薄层,则外涂层可以是粗糙的,或者可使用外涂层使粗糙的下表面平坦化。平坦化可以在单一步骤中发生,其中施加外涂层以使粗糙表面平坦化,例如添加足够的粘合剂以填充任何孔隙,并使表面光滑且以最低限度增加总厚度。供选择地,平坦化可以在两个步骤中发生,其中施加外涂层而以最低限度涂布粗糙表面,并施加第二涂层以平坦化。在另一个供选择的方案中,可将外涂层施加到光滑表面。In addition, adhesive layer can be applied as laminate, and it produces thicker adhesive layer usually, or it can be applied as outer coating, and it produces thinner layer than laminate usually.Outer coating can use dual curing system, wherein before outer coating, carries out first solidification, makes adhesive can be coated on electro-optical material surface (or another surface), and second solidifies and fixes material after outer coating.If lower surface is rough and only applies thin layer, then outer coating can be rough, or outer coating can be used to make rough lower surface planarization.Smoothing can occur in single step, wherein applies outer coating so that rough surface planarization, for example, adds enough adhesives to fill any pores, and makes surface smooth and increases total thickness with minimum limit.Alternatively, planarization can occur in two steps, wherein applies outer coating and with minimum limit coating rough surface, and applies second coating with planarization.In another scheme that selects, outer coating can be applied to smooth surface.

再次参考图1C和1D,在一些实施方案中,电光组件包括电光材料层125、囊150和粘结剂160。在某些实施方案中,粘结剂还可以是如上所述的粘合剂。例如粘结剂可为聚氨酯(例如包含至少一种类型的端基)。1C and 1D , in some embodiments, the electro-optical assembly includes an electro-optical material layer 125, a capsule 150, and a binder 160. In some embodiments, the binder can also be an adhesive as described above. For example, the binder can be a polyurethane (e.g., comprising at least one type of end group).

本发明的电光组件可构成完整的电光显示器,或仅构成这样的显示器(例如电泳显示器)的子组件。代表性电泳显示器已描述于例如2006年3月14日授予的第7,012,735号美国专利,通过引用将其全部内容在此并入。完整的电光显示器通常包括存在的至少一个,并且通常为两个电极,以产生改变电光材料的光状态所必需的电场,虽然在一些情况下,两个电极中仅有一个可以是显示器的永久部分,并且另一个电极为可移动触针或类似仪器的形式,其可在显示器上移动以在显示器上书写。例如,在一些实施方案中,前板电极130包含电极。在某些实施方案中,背板电极110包含电极。在一些情况下,电极可以是可透光的。例如,组件可具有有源矩阵显示器的形式,其第一层包含单一连续透光电极,所述单一连续透光电极跨显示器的多个像素,典型地全部像素延伸。The electro-optical assembly of the present invention may constitute a complete electro-optical display, or may constitute only a subassembly of such a display (e.g., an electrophoretic display). Representative electrophoretic displays have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 7,012,735, granted on March 14, 2006, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. A complete electro-optical display typically includes at least one, and typically two, electrodes present to generate the electric field necessary to change the optical state of the electro-optical material, although in some cases, only one of the two electrodes may be a permanent part of the display, and the other electrode is in the form of a movable stylus or similar instrument that can be moved across the display to write on the display. For example, in some embodiments, the front plate electrode 130 comprises an electrode. In certain embodiments, the back plate electrode 110 comprises an electrode. In some cases, the electrode may be light-transmissive. For example, the assembly may have the form of an active matrix display, the first layer of which comprises a single continuous light-transmissive electrode that extends across a plurality of pixels, typically all pixels, of the display.

在一些实施方案中,前板电极130和/或背板电极110包含一个或多个被图案化以限定显示器像素的电极层。例如,一个电极层可被图案化成细长的行电极,并且第二电极层可被图案化成与行电极成直角延伸的细长的列电极,像素由行与列电极的交叉点限定。供选择地,在一些实施方案中,一个电极层具有单一连续电极的形式,并且第二电极层被图案化成像素电极矩阵,其各自限定显示器的一个像素。在意图与触针、印刷头或类似的与显示器分离的可移动电极一起使用的另一种类型的电光显示器中,邻近电光层的层中仅一个包含电极,在电光层相对侧上的层通常为意图防止可移动电极损坏电光层的保护层。In some embodiments, the front-plate electrode 130 and/or the back-plate electrode 110 comprise one or more electrode layers that are patterned to define pixels of the display. For example, one electrode layer may be patterned into elongated row electrodes, and a second electrode layer may be patterned into elongated column electrodes extending at right angles to the row electrodes, with pixels being defined by the intersections of the row and column electrodes. Alternatively, in some embodiments, one electrode layer has the form of a single continuous electrode, and the second electrode layer is patterned into a matrix of pixel electrodes, each of which defines one pixel of the display. In another type of electro-optic display intended for use with a stylus, print head, or similar movable electrode that is separate from the display, only one of the layers adjacent the electro-optic layer comprises an electrode, and the layer on the opposite side of the electro-optic layer is typically a protective layer intended to prevent the movable electrode from damaging the electro-optic layer.

再次参考图1A-D,前板电极130可以包含聚合物膜或类似的支撑层(例如其可支撑相对薄的透光电极,并且保护相对脆弱的电极免于机械损坏),并且背板电极110包含支撑部分和多个像素电极(例如其限定显示器的单个像素)。在一些情况下,背板电极可还包含非线性装置(例如薄膜晶体管)和/或用于在像素电极上产生驱动显示器所需的电势的其它电路(例如以将各像素切换到在显示器上提供期望的影像所必需的光学状态)。1A-D , the front-plate electrode 130 may comprise a polymer film or similar support layer (e.g., which may support a relatively thin, light-transmitting electrode and protect the relatively fragile electrode from mechanical damage), and the back-plate electrode 110 may comprise a support portion and a plurality of pixel electrodes (e.g., which define a single pixel of a display). In some cases, the back-plate electrode may further comprise a nonlinear device (e.g., a thin-film transistor) and/or other circuitry for generating the electrical potential on the pixel electrodes required to drive the display (e.g., to switch each pixel to the optical state necessary to provide a desired image on the display).

电光组件可以具有前板层压材料的形式。在这样的前板层压材料中,前板可以包含意在形成最终显示器的前电极的透光导电层。前板可以包含聚合物膜或类似的支撑层(例如其支撑相对薄的导电层,并且保护其免于机械损坏)。在一些这样的实施方案中,电光组件可包括剥离片,其在将前板层压材料层压到背板电极以形成最终显示器之前移除。The electro-optical assembly can be in the form of a front plate laminate. In such a front plate laminate, the front plate can include a light-transmitting conductive layer intended to form the front electrode of the final display. The front plate can include a polymer film or similar support layer (e.g., it supports the relatively thin conductive layer and protects it from mechanical damage). In some such embodiments, the electro-optical assembly can include a release sheet that is removed before laminating the front plate laminate to the backplane electrode to form the final display.

在一些实施方案中,电光材料层包含封装的电泳介质。再次参考图1C和1D,在一些实施方案中,电光材料层125包含囊150和粘结剂160,所述囊150包含封装的电泳介质。在一些情况下,囊可以包含封装的电泳介质,所述封装的电泳介质包含许多小囊,所述小囊每个本身包含含有悬浮在液体悬浮介质中的电泳移动颗粒(例如油墨颗粒)的内相和包围内相的囊壁。在一些这样的实施方案中,囊被保持在聚合物粘结剂(例如粘结剂160)内,以形成位于两个电极之间(例如在前板电极与背板电极中)的粘结层。在一些情况下,在封装的电泳介质中包围离散的微囊的壁可被连续相替代,从而产生所谓的聚合物分散型电泳显示器,其中电泳介质包含多个离散的电泳流体小滴和聚合物材料的连续相,并且该聚合物分散型电泳显示器内的离散的电泳流体小滴可被视为囊或微囊,即使没有离散的囊膜与每个单独的小滴相关联。In some embodiments, the electro-optic material layer comprises an encapsulated electrophoretic medium. Referring again to Figures 1C and 1D, in some embodiments, the electro-optic material layer 125 comprises a capsule 150 and a binder 160, wherein the capsule 150 comprises the encapsulated electrophoretic medium. In some cases, the capsule can comprise an encapsulated electrophoretic medium, wherein the encapsulated electrophoretic medium comprises a plurality of small capsules, each of which itself comprises an internal phase containing electrophoretically mobile particles (e.g., ink particles) suspended in a liquid suspending medium and a capsule wall surrounding the internal phase. In some such embodiments, the capsule is held within a polymer binder (e.g., binder 160) to form a bonding layer located between two electrodes (e.g., in a front plate electrode and a back plate electrode). In some cases, the walls surrounding discrete microcapsules in an encapsulated electrophoretic medium may be replaced by a continuous phase, thereby producing a so-called polymer-dispersed electrophoretic display, wherein the electrophoretic medium comprises a plurality of discrete electrophoretic fluid droplets and a continuous phase of polymer material, and the discrete electrophoretic fluid droplets within the polymer-dispersed electrophoretic display may be considered to be capsules or microcapsules even though there is no discrete capsule membrane associated with each individual droplet.

在一些实施方案中,电泳介质包含多个囊,每个囊包含囊壁、封装在囊壁内的悬浮流体和多个悬浮在悬浮流体中且能够在对介质施加电场时而移动通过那里的带电颗粒,介质还包含包围囊的粘结剂。In some embodiments, the electrophoretic medium comprises a plurality of capsules, each capsule comprising a capsule wall, a suspending fluid encapsulated within the capsule wall, and a plurality of charged particles suspended in the suspending fluid and capable of moving therethrough upon application of an electric field to the medium, the medium further comprising a binder surrounding the capsules.

封装的电泳显示器通常不会遭遇传统电泳装置的聚集和沉积失败模式的问题,并且提供另外的优点,如在多种挠性和刚性基板上印刷或涂布显示器的能力。“印刷”一词的使用意在包括所有形式的印刷和涂布,包括但不限于:预计量涂布,诸如小块模具涂布、狭缝或挤出涂布,坡流或阶流涂布,幕式涂布;辊涂,诸如辊衬刮刀涂布、正向和反向辊涂;凹版涂布;浸渍涂布;喷涂;弯月面涂布;旋涂;刷涂;气刀涂布;丝网印刷工艺;静电印刷工艺;热印刷工艺;喷墨印刷工艺;电泳沉积;以及其它类似技术。因此,在一些情况下,所得到的显示器可以是挠性的。而且,由于显示器介质可以被印刷(例如使用各种方法),显示器本身能够以低廉的方式制造。Encapsulated electrophoretic displays generally do not suffer from the problems of aggregation and deposition failure modes of conventional electrophoretic devices and offer additional advantages, such as the ability to print or coat the display on a variety of flexible and rigid substrates. The use of the term "printing" is intended to include all forms of printing and coating, including but not limited to: pre-metered coating, such as small piece die coating, slot or extrusion coating, slope or step flow coating, curtain coating; roll coating, such as roller-on-blade coating, forward and reverse roll coating; gravure coating; dip coating; spray coating; meniscus coating; spin coating; brush coating; air knife coating; screen printing process; electrostatic printing process; thermal printing process; inkjet printing process; electrophoretic deposition; and other similar techniques. Therefore, in some cases, the resulting display can be flexible. Moreover, because the display medium can be printed (e.g., using various methods), the display itself can be manufactured in an inexpensive manner.

在一些实施方案中,电光显示器为“微区电泳显示器”。在微区电泳显示器中,带电颗粒和流体未被封装于微囊内,而是可被保留在形成于载体介质(例如聚合物膜)内的多个空腔内。In some embodiments, the electro-optic display is a “microdomain electrophoretic display.” In a microdomain electrophoretic display, charged particles and fluids are not encapsulated within microcapsules, but may be retained within a plurality of cavities formed within a carrier medium (eg, a polymer film).

虽然电泳介质经常为不透明的(例如在许多类型的电泳介质中,颗粒基本上阻挡可见光穿透通过显示器)且以反射模式运行,但可将许多电泳显示器制成以所谓的“快门模式”运行,其中一种显示状态为基本上不透明的,而另一种为透光的。While electrophoretic media are often opaque (e.g., in many types of electrophoretic media, the particles substantially block visible light from passing through the display) and operate in a reflective mode, many electrophoretic displays can be made to operate in a so-called "shutter mode," in which one display state is substantially opaque and the other is light-transmissive.

上述粘合剂还可以用于本领域已知的其它电光材料和电光显示器。例如在一些实施方案中,电光材料为固体(例如固体电光显示器)。在一些这样的实施方案中,电光材料可以包含内部液体填充或气体填充的空间。因此,术语“固体电光显示器”包括封装的电泳显示器、封装的液晶显示器和其它类型的显示器。The above-mentioned adhesive can also be used for other electro-optic materials and electro-optic displays known in the art. For example, in some embodiments, the electro-optic material is solid (e.g., solid electro-optic display). In some such embodiments, the electro-optic material can include an internal liquid-filled or gas-filled space. Therefore, the term "solid electro-optic display" includes encapsulated electrophoretic displays, encapsulated liquid crystal displays, and other types of displays.

在一些实施方案中,电光显示器为旋转双色构件(例如旋转双色球)显示器。在一些这样的实施方案中,显示器使用大量的小体(通常为球形或圆柱形的),这些小体具有两个或更多的具有不同光学特征的部分以及内部偶极子。这些小体可以悬浮在基质内的充液的液泡中,所述液泡填充有液体,使得小体自由旋转。通过向显示器施加电场,由此将小体旋转到各种位置并改变小体的部分中通过观察面被看见的那些,可以改变显示器的外观。这种类型的电光介质通常是双稳态的。In some embodiments, electro-optical display is a rotating two-color component (e.g., rotating two-color ball) display. In some such embodiments, the display uses a large amount of corpuscles (typically spherical or cylindrical) that have two or more parts with different optical characteristics and internal dipoles. These corpuscles can be suspended in a liquid-filled vacuole within the matrix, which is filled with liquid so that the corpuscle is free to rotate. By applying an electric field to the display, the corpuscle is thus rotated to various positions and changes those that are seen by the viewing surface in the part of the corpuscle, the outward appearance of the display can be changed. This type of electro-optical medium is typically bistable.

术语“双稳态的”在本文以其在本领域中的常规含义使用,指包括具有在至少一种光学性质上不同的第一和第二显示状态的显示元件的显示器,并且使得借助有限持续时间的寻址脉冲驱动任意给定元件以呈现其第一或第二显示状态后,在寻址脉冲终止后,该状态将持续改变显示元件的状态所需的最小寻址脉冲持续时间的至少若干倍,例如,至少4倍。在一些情况下,一些基于颗粒的能显示灰阶的电泳显示器不仅在其极端的黑色和白色状态下稳定,而且在其中间灰色状态下也是稳定的。尽管为了方便起见,术语“双稳态的”在本文可被用于涵盖双稳态和多稳态显示器两者,但这类显示器通常被称作“多稳态的”,而非“双稳态的”。The term "bistable" is used herein in its conventional sense in the art to refer to a display comprising display elements having first and second display states that differ in at least one optical property, such that after any given element is driven to assume its first or second display state by an addressing pulse of finite duration, that state persists after termination of the addressing pulse for at least several times, for example, at least four times, the minimum addressing pulse duration required to change the state of the display element. In some cases, some particle-based electrophoretic displays capable of displaying grayscale are stable not only in their extreme black and white states, but also in their intermediate gray states. Although, for convenience, the term "bistable" may be used herein to cover both bistable and multistable displays, such displays are generally referred to as "multistable" rather than "bistable."

其它电光显示器在本领域中是已知的,并且包括使用电致变色介质,例如以下形式的电致变色介质的电光显示器:包括至少部分由半导体金属氧化物形成的电极和多个附着在电极上的、能够可逆地改变颜色的染料分子的纳米变色膜;电润湿显示器;和基于颗粒的电泳显示器,其中多个带电颗粒在电场的影响下移动通过悬浮流体。Other electro-optic displays are known in the art and include those using electrochromic media, such as those in the form of nanochromic films comprising electrodes formed at least in part from a semiconducting metal oxide and a plurality of dye molecules attached to the electrodes that are capable of reversibly changing color; electrowetting displays; and particle-based electrophoretic displays in which a plurality of charged particles move through a suspending fluid under the influence of an electric field.

粘合剂层可使用本领域已知的合适技术形成。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂层形成为膜,然后例如通过层压施加到组件。在这样的实施方案中,粘合剂(例如包含本文所述的封端聚氨酯)可被涂布到剥离层或其它基板(例如前或背板电极)上,并且使用本领域已知的技术干燥(例如通过加热和/或暴露于真空)。基板可以包含在塑料膜或剥离层(例如包含挠性聚合物)上的氧化铟锡(ITO)或类似的导电涂层(例如其充当最终显示器的电极层)。作为具体的非限制性实例,可将粘合剂材料分配(例如通过使用模具或狭缝涂布机)于基板上。材料厚度可以通过流动性或每平方面积的材料泵送的材料的量控制。可分别制备含有像素电极阵列和合适的导体排列以连接像素电极去驱动电路的背板电极。为了形成最终显示器,可使用粘合剂将其上具有囊/粘结剂层的基板层压(例如通过施加热和使用辊式层压机)到背板电极。Adhesive layer can be formed using suitable technology known in the art. In some embodiments, adhesive layer is formed into film, then for example is applied to assembly by lamination. In such embodiment, adhesive (for example comprising end-blocking polyurethane as described herein) can be coated on peeling layer or other substrate (for example front or back plate electrode), and use technology known in the art to dry (for example by heating and/or being exposed to vacuum). Substrate can be included in indium tin oxide (ITO) or similar conductive coating (for example it serves as the electrode layer of final display) on plastic film or peeling layer (for example comprising flexible polymer). As specific non-limiting example, adhesive material can be distributed (for example by using mold or slit coater) on substrate. Material thickness can be controlled by the amount of material pumped by fluidity or per square area. Can prepare respectively containing pixel electrode array and suitable conductor arrangement to connect pixel electrode to drive circuit back plate electrode. In order to form final display, adhesive can be used to have substrate lamination (for example by applying heat and using roller laminator) with capsule/binder layer on it to back plate electrode.

在供选择的实施方案中,可使用类似方法,通过用触针或其它可移动电极可在其上滑动的简单保护层,如塑料膜替代背板电极,来制备可与触针或类似的可移动电极一起使用的电泳显示器。在一些这样的实施方案中,背板电极本身为挠性的,并且通过将像素电极和导体印刷在塑料膜或其它的挠性基板上来制备。In alternative embodiments, a similar method can be used to prepare an electrophoretic display for use with a stylus or similar movable electrode by replacing the backplane electrode with a simple protective layer, such as a plastic film, over which the stylus or other movable electrode can slide. In some such embodiments, the backplane electrode itself is flexible and is prepared by printing the pixel electrodes and conductors onto a plastic film or other flexible substrate.

本领域普通技术人员将知晓用于本文所述的合成方法的适合条件。例如,可在其中将纯的或在溶剂中的反应物(例如,二异氰酸酯化合物和第二试剂如二醇)组合、混合和反应的反应器中制备粘合剂材料(例如异氰酸酯封端的聚氨酯),其中可将热转移到反应器中或转移出反应器。粘合剂的合成可在惰性气氛中(例如在没有水的情况下,和在惰性气体如氮气和/或氩气的存在下)进行。反应物可按任何特定顺序添加。可使粘合剂与一种或多种另外的试剂(例如封端试剂(多种封端试剂)、扩链试剂(多种扩链试剂)、中和试剂(多种中和试剂))反应。在一些情况下,在经过合适的时间段之后,将分散介质如水添加到反应混合物。在合成粘合剂材料之后,可将粘合剂材料分散在水中(例如通过向反应混合物添加水,或将反应混合物添加到水)。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂(例如封端的和/或中和的)在分散于水中之后可被扩链。Those of ordinary skill in the art will know the suitable conditions for synthetic methods described herein.For example, binder materials (such as isocyanate-terminated polyurethanes) can be prepared in a reactor wherein reactants (such as, diisocyanate compounds and second reagents such as diols) are combined, mixed and reacted, wherein heat can be transferred to or transferred out of the reactor. The synthesis of binder can be carried out in an inert atmosphere (such as in the absence of water, and in the presence of an inert gas such as nitrogen and/or argon). Reactants can be added in any particular order. Adhesive can be reacted with one or more other reagents (such as end-capping reagents (multiple end-capping reagents), chain extension reagents (multiple chain extension reagents), neutralizing reagents (multiple neutralizing reagents)). In some cases, after a suitable time period, a dispersion medium such as water is added to the reaction mixture. After synthesizing the binder material, the binder material can be dispersed in water (such as by adding water to the reaction mixture, or the reaction mixture is added to water). In some embodiments, the binder (such as end-blocked and/or neutralized) can be chain extended after being dispersed in water.

本文所述的粘合剂材料可被固化。固化可包括但不限于一种或多种反应性官能团与一种或多种固化物质的反应(例如使得粘合剂交联、延伸、缠结等),如本文所述。在一些情况下,粘合剂可以经历两个或更多个固化步骤(例如第一固化和第二固化)。也就是说,粘合剂可通过使第一反应性官能团与第一固化物质反应而固化(即第一固化),以及通过使第二反应性官能团与第二固化物质反应而进一步固化(即第二固化)。在一些实施方案中,粘合剂层通过以下形成:固化粘合剂,以使第一反应性官能团与第一固化物质反应,随后固化粘合剂,以使第二反应性官能团与第二固化物质反应。第一和第二固化可基本上同时发生,或者在基本上不同的时间发生。第一反应性官能团可以与第二反应性官能团相同或不同。第一固化物质可以与第二固化物质相同或不同。Adhesive material as described herein can be cured.Solidification can include but is not limited to the reaction (such as making adhesive crosslinked, extending, entangled etc.) of one or more reactive functional groups and one or more curing substances, as described herein.In some cases, adhesive can go through two or more curing steps (such as first curing and second curing).That is to say, adhesive can be cured (i.e. first curing) by making the first reactive functional group and the first curing substance react, and further cured (i.e. second curing) by making the second reactive functional group and the second curing substance react.In some embodiments, adhesive layer is formed by following: curing adhesive, so that the first reactive functional group and the first curing substance react, curing adhesive subsequently, so that the second reactive functional group and the second curing substance react.The first and second curing can occur substantially simultaneously, or occur at substantially different times.The first reactive functional group can be identical or different with the second reactive functional group.The first curing substance can be identical or different with the second curing substance.

使用两次或更多次固化(即固化步骤)可赋予粘合剂期望的性质。例如,经两次或更多次固化的粘合剂与其它粘合剂相比可具有低涂层重量和/或厚度,可赋予粘合剂期望的流变性质(例如在第一固化之后和/或在第二固化之后),和/或可降低或防止空隙和/或缺陷形成,使得在第一固化或第二固化之后,粘合剂层中基本上不存在空隙和/或缺陷。粘合剂应通常具有足够的粘合强度,以将期望的层(多层)彼此粘合。在一些情况下,粘合剂具有足够的粘合强度,以在固化后(例如在第一固化之后、第二固化之后)将期望的层(多层)彼此粘合。在一些实施方案中,电光组件为挠性的,因此粘合剂可具有足够的挠性,以在组件屈曲时,不会将缺陷引入组件中。Adhesive can be given the desired property of adhesive by using twice or more solidification (i.e. curing step).For example, the adhesive cured twice or more can have low coating weight and/or thickness compared with other adhesives, can give the rheological properties (such as after the first solidification and/or after the second solidification) of adhesive expectation, and/or can reduce or prevent space and/or defect from forming, make after the first solidification or the second solidification, in the adhesive layer, there is basically no space and/or defect. Adhesive should have enough bond strengths usually, so that desired layer (multilayer) is adhered to each other. In some cases, adhesive has enough bond strengths, so that after solidification (such as after the first solidification, after the second solidification) desired layer (multilayer) is adhered to each other. In some embodiments, electro-optical assembly is flexible, so adhesive can have enough flexibility, so that when assembly is flexed, defect can not be introduced into assembly.

本领域技术人员将能够选择测量粘合剂中的缺陷的合适方法,如桔皮(OrangePeel)测试。例如,可使用波扫描仪器以与表面成60°角照射样本,并且从与样本表面成相等但相对的角度测量所收集的反射光强度来测定桔皮。Those skilled in the art will be able to select an appropriate method for measuring defects in adhesives, such as an Orange Peel test. For example, orange peel can be determined by using a wave scanning instrument to illuminate the sample at a 60° angle to the surface and measuring the intensity of the reflected light collected from an equal but opposite angle to the sample surface.

粘合剂在固化前或后可具有特定的平均交叉温度(Tc,例如在1Hz下tanδ=1.0时测量的温度)。例如,在一些实施方案中,粘合剂在第一固化之前和/或在第二固化之前的平均交叉温为约0℃至约80℃度。在某些实施方案中,粘合剂在第一固化之前和/或在第二固化之前的平均交叉温度低于约80℃、低于约60℃、低于约40℃、低于约20℃、或低于约10℃。在第一固化之后(第二固化之前),平均交叉温度可以升高,但是仍在约0℃至约80℃(例如约20℃至约80℃)。具有如上所述的平均交叉温度的粘合剂可以流动并且易于层压到一个或多个层(例如电极层、剥离层),并且与交叉温度较高的粘合剂相比具有明显更少的缺陷。本领域技术人员应理解,固化(例如交联)粘合剂通常将升高交叉温度,以及例如第二固化可使交叉温度升高到高于80℃。例如,在一些实施方案中,粘合剂在第二固化之后的平均交叉温度可为约80℃至约250℃。在某些实施方案中,粘合剂在第二固化之后的平均交叉温度为至少约80℃、至少约100℃、至少约150℃、或至少约200℃。在一些情况下,粘合剂在第二固化之后的平均交叉温度小于或等于约250℃、小于或等于约200℃、小于或等于约150℃、或小于或等于约100℃。上述范围的组合也是可以的。The adhesive may have a specific average crossover temperature (Tc, e.g., the temperature measured at tan δ = 1.0 at 1 Hz) before or after curing. For example, in some embodiments, the average crossover temperature of the adhesive before the first cure and/or before the second cure is from about 0°C to about 80°C. In certain embodiments, the average crossover temperature of the adhesive before the first cure and/or before the second cure is less than about 80°C, less than about 60°C, less than about 40°C, less than about 20°C, or less than about 10°C. After the first cure (before the second cure), the average crossover temperature may increase, but still be between about 0°C and about 80°C (e.g., between about 20°C and about 80°C). Adhesives having an average crossover temperature as described above can flow and be easily laminated to one or more layers (e.g., electrode layers, peel layers), and have significantly fewer defects than adhesives having higher crossover temperatures. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that curing (e.g., crosslinking) an adhesive will generally increase the crossover temperature, and, for example, the second cure may increase the crossover temperature to above 80°C. For example, in some embodiments, the average crossover temperature of the adhesive after the second cure may be from about 80°C to about 250°C. In certain embodiments, the average crossover temperature of the adhesive after the second cure is at least about 80° C., at least about 100° C., at least about 150° C., or at least about 200° C. In some cases, the average crossover temperature of the adhesive after the second cure is less than or equal to about 250° C., less than or equal to about 200° C., less than or equal to about 150° C., or less than or equal to about 100° C. Combinations of the above-referenced ranges are also possible.

可以(例如通过模具或狭缝涂布机)将粘合剂材料分配在电泳层上或剥离层上。在其它实施方案中,粘合剂可被直接涂布(例如通过溶液技术)到电光材料(或其它下层)。然后可以使用本领域已知的技术(例如通过加热和/或暴露于真空)将粘合剂干燥。然后可在粘合剂的外表面上施加另外的层。The adhesive material can be distributed on the electrophoretic layer or on the peeling layer (e.g., by a die or slot coater). In other embodiments, the adhesive can be directly applied (e.g., by solution technology) to the electro-optical material (or other lower layer). The adhesive can then be dried using techniques known in the art (e.g., by heating and/or exposure to vacuum). Additional layers can then be applied to the outer surface of the adhesive.

作为具体实例,(例如通过模具或狭缝涂布机)将包含粘合剂材料的分散体(例如分散于水中的聚氨酯)分配到电光材料层上。可以例如通过使用刮刀控制液体材料的厚度。在一些实施方案中,欲施加粘合剂的电光材料的上表面可以是不平坦的。在这样的实施方案中,可以施加粘合剂以使粘合剂的最终外表面为平坦的或基本上平坦的。As a specific example, a dispersion (e.g., polyurethane dispersed in water) comprising an adhesive material is dispensed onto the electro-optical material layer (e.g., by a die or slot coater). The thickness of the liquid material can be controlled, for example, by using a scraper. In some embodiments, the upper surface of the electro-optical material to which the adhesive is applied can be uneven. In such an embodiment, an adhesive can be applied so that the final outer surface of the adhesive is flat or substantially flat.

在示例性实施方案中,可使粘合剂材料(例如包含第一种类型的反应性官能团和第二种类型的反应性官能团)涂布在第一层(例如在塑料膜、剥离层、电光材料层上的氧化铟锡(ITO)或类似的导电涂层)的至少部分上并固化(即第一固化),以使第一种类型的反应性官能团与第一种类型的固化物质反应(例如形成第一固化部分)。在一些这样的实施方案中,可使粘合剂与第二层(例如在塑料膜、剥离层、电光材料层上的氧化铟锡(ITO)或类似的导电涂层)接触并固化(即第二固化),以使第二种类型的反应性官能团与第二种类型的固化物质反应(例如形成第二固化部分)。本领域普通技术人员应理解,固化粘合剂(例如第一固化、第二固化)通常使粘合剂层粘附到一个或多个层。例如,粘合剂可仅粘附到一层。在一些情况下,粘合剂将两层粘附在一起。在一些情况下,可在第二固化之前移除一个或多个层(例如剥离层),并且可使第三层(例如在塑料膜、剥离层、电光材料层上的氧化铟锡(ITO)或类似的导电涂层)与粘合剂接触(即替代已移除的层)。在一些这样的实施方案中,移除的层可有利于降低粘合剂的粗糙度,和/或在第二固化之前保护粘合剂层(例如免于物理损坏、免于污染)。还可以使用一次或多次另外的固化(第三固化、第四固化)。例如在一些情况下,粘合剂包含三种或更多种反应性官能团,其可经三个或更多个固化步骤固化。In an exemplary embodiment, an adhesive material (e.g., comprising a first type of reactive functional group and a second type of reactive functional group) can be coated on at least a portion of a first layer (e.g., indium tin oxide (ITO) or a similar conductive coating on a plastic film, a peeling layer, an electro-optical material layer) and cured (i.e., a first cure) so that the first type of reactive functional group reacts with the first type of curing substance (e.g., forming a first cured portion). In some such embodiments, the adhesive can be brought into contact with a second layer (e.g., indium tin oxide (ITO) or a similar conductive coating on a plastic film, a peeling layer, an electro-optical material layer) and cured (i.e., a second cure) so that the second type of reactive functional group reacts with the second type of curing substance (e.g., forming a second cured portion). It will be understood by those skilled in the art that curing the adhesive (e.g., first cure, second cure) typically causes the adhesive layer to adhere to one or more layers. For example, the adhesive may adhere to only one layer. In some cases, the adhesive adheres two layers together. In some cases, one or more layers (e.g., a peeling layer) may be removed prior to the second cure, and a third layer (e.g., indium tin oxide (ITO) or a similar conductive coating on a plastic film, peeling layer, electro-optical material layer) may be brought into contact with the adhesive (i.e., replacing the removed layer). In some such embodiments, the removed layer may be advantageous in reducing the roughness of the adhesive and/or protecting the adhesive layer (e.g., from physical damage, from contamination) prior to the second cure. One or more additional cures (third cure, fourth cure) may also be used. For example, in some cases, the adhesive comprises three or more reactive functional groups that may be cured over three or more curing steps.

可使用本领域已知的技术在任何基板上形成粘合剂膜。例如,在一些实施方案中,将粘合剂(例如聚氨酯)分散在水(或另一种溶剂)中且涂布在层(例如在塑料膜、剥离层、电光材料层上的氧化铟锡(ITO)或类似的导电涂层)上。本领域普通技术人员将知晓在表面上形成溶液涂层的技术,例如旋涂、喷涂、印刷、模具或狭缝涂布机等。溶液中可存在其它添加剂。然后可使用本领域已知的技术(例如热和/或真空)将溶液涂层干燥,从而形成膜。Adhesive films can be formed on any substrate using techniques known in the art. For example, in some embodiments, an adhesive (e.g., polyurethane) is dispersed in water (or another solvent) and coated on a layer (e.g., indium tin oxide (ITO) or similar conductive coating on a plastic film, a peeling layer, an electro-optical material layer). Those of ordinary skill in the art will know the technology of forming a solution coating on the surface, such as spin coating, spray coating, printing, mold or slit coater, etc. Other additives may be present in the solution. The solution coating can then be dried using techniques known in the art (e.g., heat and/or vacuum) to form a film.

本文所述的方法可在任何合适的温度下进行。在一些情况下,每个反应(例如每个固化阶段)均在约室温(例如约25℃、约20℃、约20℃至约25℃等)下进行。然而,在一些情况下,每个反应在低于或高于室温的温度下进行。在一些实施方案中,每个反应在约25℃至约140℃、约25℃至约75℃、或约50℃至约100℃的温度下进行。The methods described herein can be carried out at any suitable temperature. In some cases, each reaction (e.g., each curing stage) is carried out at about room temperature (e.g., about 25°C, about 20°C, about 20°C to about 25°C, etc.). However, in some cases, each reaction is carried out at a temperature lower than or higher than room temperature. In some embodiments, each reaction is carried out at a temperature of about 25°C to about 140°C, about 25°C to about 75°C, or about 50°C to about 100°C.

在一些实施方案中,一种或多种反应可在溶剂存在下进行。供选择地,反应可在纯净条件下进行。溶剂的非限制性实例包括烃(例如戊烷、己烷、庚烷)、卤代烃(例如氯仿、二氯甲烷)、醚(例如二乙醚、四氢呋喃(THF)、2-甲氧基乙醚(二乙二醇二甲醚)和芳族化合物(例如苯、甲苯)。如本文所述,在一些实施方案中,反应也可在水中进行。In some embodiments, one or more reactions can be carried out in the presence of a solvent. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out under pure conditions. Non-limiting examples of solvents include hydrocarbons (e.g., pentane, hexane, heptane), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., chloroform, dichloromethane), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF), 2-methoxyethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether), and aromatic compounds (e.g., benzene, toluene). As described herein, in some embodiments, the reaction can also be carried out in water.

为方便起见,在本文中列出在本说明书、实施例和所附权利要求中使用的特定术语。具体官能团和化学术语的定义在以下详述。出于本发明的目的,化学元素依照Handbookof Chemistry and Physics第75版内封面的CAS版元素周期表来确定,并且具体官能团通常如其中所述定义。另外,有机化学以及具体官能团部分与反应性的一般原理描述于Organic Chemistry,Thomas Sorrell,University Science Books,Sausalito:1999。For convenience, specific terms used in this specification, examples, and appended claims are listed herein. Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are detailed below. For purposes of the present invention, chemical elements are identified according to the CAS version of the Periodic Table of the Elements, which appears on the inside cover of the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th edition, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. In addition, the general principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional group moieties and reactivities, are described in Organic Chemistry, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999.

在本文中使用的术语“脂族”包括饱和的和不饱和的非芳族的直链(即非支链)、支链、非环状和环状(即碳环)烃,其任选地被一个或多个官能团取代。如本领域普通技术人员将理解的,“脂族”在本文中意在包括但不限于,烷基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、环烯基和环炔基部分。因此,如本文所使用,术语“烷基”包括直链、支链和环状烷基。类似的惯例适用于其它通用术语,例如“烯基”、“炔基”等。此外,如本文所使用的,术语“烷基”、“烯基”、“炔基”等包括取代的和未取代的基团。在某些实施方案中,如本文所使用的,“脂族”用于表示具有1-20个碳原子的那些脂族基团(环状、非环状、取代、未取代、支链或非支链的)。脂族基团取代基包括但不限于本文所述的任何取代基,其导致形成稳定的部分(例如脂族、烷基、烯基、炔基、杂脂族、杂环、芳基、杂芳基、酰基、氧代基、亚氨基、硫代氧代基、氰基、异氰基、氨基、叠氮基、硝基、羟基、巯基、卤素、脂族氨基、杂脂族氨基、烷基氨基、杂烷基氨基、芳基氨基、杂芳基氨基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、脂族氧基、杂脂族氧基、烷氧基、杂烷氧基、芳氧基、杂芳氧基、脂族硫氧基、杂脂族硫氧基、烷基硫氧基、杂烷基硫氧基、芳基硫氧基、杂芳基硫氧基、酰氧基等,其每个可以被进一步取代或未被进一步取代)。As used herein, the term "aliphatic" includes saturated and unsaturated non-aromatic straight chain (i.e., non-branched), branched, acyclic and cyclic (i.e., carbocyclic) hydrocarbons, which are optionally substituted with one or more functional groups. As will be understood by those skilled in the art, "aliphatic" is intended to include, but is not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl and cycloalkynyl moieties in this article. Therefore, as used herein, the term "alkyl" includes straight chain, branched and cyclic alkyl. Similar conventions apply to other general terms, such as "alkenyl", "alkynyl" etc. In addition, as used herein, the terms "alkyl", "alkenyl", "alkynyl" etc. include substituted and unsubstituted groups. In certain embodiments, as used herein, "aliphatic" is used to represent those aliphatic groups (cyclic, acyclic, substituted, unsubstituted, branched or non-branched) with 1-20 carbon atoms. Substituents for aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, any of the substituents described herein that result in the formation of a stable moiety (e.g., aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, oxo, imino, thiooxo, cyano, isocyano, amino, azido, nitro, hydroxy, thiol, halogen, aliphatic amino, heteroaliphatic amino, alkylamino, heteroalkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, aliphatic oxy, heteroaliphatic oxy, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aliphatic thioxy, heteroaliphatic thioxy, alkylthioxy, heteroalkylthioxy, arylthioxy, heteroarylthioxy, acyloxy, and the like, each of which may be further substituted or unsubstituted).

如本文所使用的,术语“烷基”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且是指饱和脂族基团,包括直链烷基、支链烷基、环烷基(脂环族)基团、烷基取代的环烷基和环烷基取代的烷基。在一些情况下,烷基可以是低级烷基,即具有1至10个碳原子的烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基或癸基)。在一些实施方案中,直链或支链烷基在其主链中可以具有30个或更少的碳原子,并且在一些情况下,可以具有20个或更少的碳原子。在一些实施方案中,直链或支链烷基在其主链中可以具有12个或更少的碳原子(例如,对于直链为C1-C12,对于支链为C3-C12)、6个或更少、或者4个或更少的碳原子。同样,环烷基在环结构中可以具有3-10个碳原子,或者在环结构中具有5、6或7个碳原子。烷基的实例包括但不限于甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、环丙基、丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、环丁基、己基和环己基。As used herein, the term "alkyl" has its common meaning in the art and refers to a saturated aliphatic group, including straight-chain alkyl, branched-chain alkyl, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl and cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl. In some cases, the alkyl group can be a lower alkyl group, i.e., an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl or decyl). In some embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group can have 30 or less carbon atoms in its main chain, and in some cases, can have 20 or less carbon atoms. In some embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group can have 12 or less carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 12 for straight chain, C 3 -C 12 for branched chain), 6 or less, or 4 or less carbon atoms in its main chain. Similarly, a cycloalkyl group can have 3-10 carbon atoms in the ring structure, or 5, 6 or 7 carbon atoms in the ring structure. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, hexyl, and cyclohexyl.

如本文所使用的术语“亚烷基”是指二价烷基。“亚烷基”是聚亚甲基,即-(CH2)z-,其中z是正整数,例如1至20、1至10、1至6、1至4、1至3、1至2或2至3。取代的亚烷基链是其中一个或多个亚甲基氢原子被取代基取代的聚亚甲基。合适的取代基包括本文针对取代的脂族基团描述的那些。As used herein, the term "alkylene" refers to a divalent alkyl group. An "alkylene" is a polymethylene group, i.e., -(CH 2 )z-, where z is a positive integer, such as 1 to 20, 1 to 10, 1 to 6, 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, or 2 to 3. A substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described herein for substituted aliphatic groups.

通常,前缀“亚”用于描述二价基团。因此,本文定义的任何术语可以用前缀“亚”来修饰以描述该部分的二价形式。例如,二价碳环为“亚碳环基(carbocyclylene)”,二价芳环为“亚芳基”,二价苯环为“亚苯基”,二价杂环为“亚杂环基”,二价杂芳基环为“杂亚芳基”,二价烷基链是“亚烷基”,二价烯基链是“亚烯基”,二价炔基链是“亚炔基”,二价杂烷基链是“杂亚烷基”,二价杂烯基链是“杂亚烯基”,二价杂炔基链是“杂亚炔基”等等。Typically, the prefix "sub" is used to describe a divalent group. Thus, any term defined herein may be modified with the prefix "sub" to describe the divalent form of the moiety. For example, a divalent carbocycle is a "carbocyclylene," a divalent aromatic ring is an "arylene," a divalent benzene ring is a "phenylene," a divalent heterocycle is a "heterocyclylene," a divalent heteroaryl ring is a "heteroarylene," a divalent alkyl chain is an "alkylene," a divalent alkenyl chain is an "alkenylene," a divalent alkynyl chain is an "alkynylene," a divalent heteroalkyl chain is a "heteroalkylene," a divalent heteroalkenyl chain is a "heteroalkenylene," a divalent heteroalkynyl chain is a "heteroalkynylene," and the like.

术语“烯基”和“炔基”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且是指长度和可能的取代与上述烷基类似,但是分别含有至少一个双键或三键的不饱和脂族基团。The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" have their ordinary meaning in the art and refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond, respectively.

在某些实施方案中,用于本发明的烷基、烯基和炔基含有1-20个脂族碳原子。在某些其它实施方案中,用于本发明的烷基、烯基和炔基含有1-10个脂族碳原子。在又其它实施方案中,用于本发明的烷基、烯基和炔基含有1-8个脂族碳原子。在再其它实施方案中,用于本发明的烷基、烯基和炔基含有1-6个脂族碳原子。在又其它实施方案中,用于本发明的烷基、烯基和炔基含有1-4个碳原子。因此,说明性的脂族基团包括但不限于例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、烯丙基、正丁基、仲丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、正戊基、仲戊基、异戊基、叔戊基、正己基、仲己基部分等,其还可以带有一种或多种取代基。烯基包括但不限于例如乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、1-甲基-2-丁烯-1-基等。代表性炔基包括但不限于乙炔基、2-丙炔基(炔丙基)、1-丙炔基等。In certain embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups used in the present invention contain 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms. In certain other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups used in the present invention contain 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups used in the present invention contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups used in the present invention contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups used in the present invention contain 1-4 carbon atoms. Therefore, illustrative aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, allyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, sec-hexyl moieties, etc., which may also carry one or more substituents. Alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, for example, vinyl, propenyl, butenyl, 1-methyl-2-butene-1-yl, etc. Representative alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 2-propynyl (propargyl), 1-propynyl, and the like.

如本文所使用的术语“环烷基”具体指具有3至10个,优选3至7个碳原子的基团。合适的环烷基包括但不限于环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、环庚基等,其与其它脂族、杂脂族、或杂环部分的情况一样,可以任选地被取代基取代,所述取代基包括但不限于:脂族基团;杂脂族基团;芳基;杂芳基;芳基烷基;杂芳基烷基;烷氧基;芳氧基;杂烷氧基;杂芳氧基;烷硫基;芳硫基;杂烷硫基;杂芳硫基;-F;-Cl;-Br;-I;-OH;-NO2;-CN;-CF3;-CH2CF3;-CHCl2;-CH2OH;-CH2CH2OH;-CH2NH2;-CH2SO2CH3;-C(O)Rx;-CO2(Rx);-CON(Rx)2;-OC(O)Rx;-OCO2Rx;-OCON(Rx)2;-N(Rx)2;-S(O)2Rx;-NRx(CO)Rx,其中每次出现的Rx独立地包括但不限于脂族基团、杂脂族基团、芳基、杂芳基、芳基烷基、或杂芳基烷基,其中上文和本文描述的任何脂族、杂脂族、芳基烷基、或杂芳基烷基取代基可以是取代或未取代的,支链或无支链的,环状或非环状的,并且其中上文和本文描述的任何芳基或杂芳基取代基可以是取代的或未取代的。通常适用的取代基的其它实例通过本文所述实施例中所示的具体实施方案进行说明。The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein specifically refers to a group having 3 to 10, preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Suitable cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like, which, as with other aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, or heterocyclic moieties, may be optionally substituted with substituents including, but not limited to, aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl; alkoxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; -F; -Cl; -Br; -I; -OH; -NO2 ; -CN; -CF3 ; -CH2CF3 ; -CHCl2 ; -CH2OH ; -CH2CH2OH ; -CH2NH2 ; -CH2SO2CH3 ; -C(O) Rx ; -CO2 (Rx ) ; -CON (Rx) 2 ; -OC(O)Rx; -OCO2 Rx; -OCON(Rx) 2 ; -N(Rx) 2 ; -S(O) 2Rx ; -NRx(CO)Rx, wherein each occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein any aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl substituent described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any aryl or heteroaryl substituent described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. Additional examples of generally suitable substituents are illustrated by the specific embodiments shown in the Examples described herein.

如本文所使用的术语“杂脂族”是指如本文所定义的脂族部分,其包括饱和与不饱和的、非芳族、直链(即非支链)、支链、非环状、环状(即杂环)或多环烃,其任选地被一个或多个官能团取代,并且含有一个或多个氧、硫、氮、磷或硅原子,例如替代碳原子。在某些实施方案中,杂脂族部分通过用一个或多个取代基独立地替代其上的一个或多个氢原子而被取代。本领域普通技术人员应了解,“杂脂族”在本文中意在包括但不限于杂烷基、杂烯基、杂炔基、杂环烷基、杂环烯基和杂环炔基部分。因此,术语“杂脂族”包括术语“杂烷基”、“杂烯基”、“杂炔基”等。此外,如本文所使用,术语“杂烷基”、“杂烯基”、“杂炔基”等包括取代的和未取代的基团。在某些实施方案中,如本文所使用,“杂脂族”用于表示具有1-20个碳原子的杂脂族基团(环状、非环状、取代的、未取代的、支链的或非支链的)。杂脂族基团取代基包括但不限于任何本文所述的取代基,其导致形成稳定部分(例如脂族基团、烷基、烯基、炔基、杂脂族基团、杂环、芳基、杂芳基、酰基、亚磺酰基、磺酰基、氧代基、亚氨基、硫代氧代基、氰基、异氰基、氨基、叠氮基、硝基、羟基、巯基、卤素、脂族氨基、杂脂族氨基、烷基氨基、杂烷基氨基、芳基氨基、杂芳基氨基、烷基芳基、芳基烷基、脂族氧基、杂脂族氧基、烷氧基、杂烷氧基、芳氧基、杂芳氧基、脂族硫氧基、杂脂族硫氧基、烷基硫氧基、杂烷基硫氧基、芳基硫氧基、杂芳基硫氧基、酰氧基等,其每个可以被进一步取代或未被进一步取代)。As used herein, the term "heteroaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic moiety as defined herein, including saturated and unsaturated, non-aromatic, linear (i.e., non-branched), branched, acyclic, cyclic (i.e., heterocycle) or polycyclic hydrocarbons, which are optionally substituted with one or more functional groups and contain one or more oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus or silicon atoms, for example, in place of carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the heteroaliphatic moiety is substituted by independently replacing one or more hydrogen atoms thereon with one or more substituents. It will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that "heteroaliphatic" is intended herein to include, but is not limited to, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl and heterocycloalkynyl moieties. Therefore, the term "heteroaliphatic" includes the terms "heteroalkyl," "heteroalkenyl," "heteroalkynyl," etc. In addition, as used herein, the terms "heteroalkyl," "heteroalkenyl," "heteroalkynyl," etc. include substituted and unsubstituted groups. In certain embodiments, as used herein, "heteroaliphatic" is used to refer to heteroaliphatic groups (cyclic, acyclic, substituted, unsubstituted, branched or unbranched) having 1-20 carbon atoms. Heteroaliphatic substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the substituents described herein that result in the formation of a stable moiety (e.g., aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaliphatic, heterocycle, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, oxo, imino, thiooxo, cyano, isocyano, amino, azido, nitro, hydroxy, thiol, halogen, aliphatic amino, heteroaliphatic amino, alkylamino, heteroalkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, aliphatic oxy, heteroaliphatic oxy, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aliphatic thioxy, heteroaliphatic thioxy, alkylthioxy, heteroalkylthioxy, arylthioxy, heteroarylthioxy, acyloxy, and the like, each of which may be further substituted or unsubstituted).

术语“杂烷基”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且是指其中一个或多个碳原子被杂原子替代的本文所述的烷基。合适的杂原子包括氧、硫、氮、磷等。杂烷基的实例包括但不限于烷氧基、氨基、硫酯基、聚(乙二醇)基和烷基取代的氨基。The term "heteroalkyl" has its ordinary meaning in the art and refers to an alkyl group as described herein in which one or more carbon atoms are replaced by a heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, alkoxy, amino, thioester, poly(ethylene glycol) groups, and alkyl-substituted amino groups.

术语“杂烯基”和“杂炔基”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且是指长度和可能的取代与上述杂烷基类似,但是分别含有至少一个双键或三键的不饱和脂族基团。The terms "heteroalkenyl" and "heteroalkynyl" have their ordinary meaning in the art and refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the heteroalkyl groups described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond, respectively.

上述本发明化合物的脂族(和其它)部分的取代基的一些实例包括但不限于,脂族基团;杂脂族基团;芳基;杂芳基;烷基芳基;烷基杂芳基;烷氧基;芳氧基;杂烷氧基;杂芳氧基;烷硫基;芳硫基;杂烷硫基;杂芳硫基;F;Cl;Br;I;-OH;-NO2;-CN;-CF3;-CHF2;-CH2F;-CH2CF3;-CHC12;-CH2OH;-CH2CH2OH;-CH2NH2;-CH2SO2CH3;-C(O)Rx;-CO2(Rx);-CON(Rx)2;-OC(O)Rx;-OCO2Rx;-OCON(Rx)2;-N(Rx)2;-S(O)2Rx;-NRx(CO)Rx,其中每次出现的Rx独立地包括但不限于,脂族基团、脂环基团、杂脂族基团、杂环基团、芳基、杂芳基、烷基芳基或烷基杂芳基,其中上文和本文描述的任何脂族基团、杂脂族基团、烷基芳基或烷基杂芳基取代基可以是取代或未取代的,支链或无支链的,环状或非环状的,并且其中上文和本文描述的任何芳基或杂芳基取代基可以是取代的或未取代的。通常适用的取代基的其它实例通过本文所述实施例中所示的具体实施方案进行说明。Some examples of substituents for the aliphatic (and other) portions of the compounds of the invention described above include, but are not limited to, aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; alkylaryl; alkylheteroaryl; alkoxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; F; Cl; Br; I; -OH; -NO2 ; -CN; -CF3; -CHF2 ; -CH2F ; -CH2CF3 ; -CHC12 ; -CH2OH ; -CH2CH2OH; -CH2NH2; -CH2SO2CH3; -C ( O ) Rx ; -CO2(Rx ) ; -CON(Rx ) 2 ; -OC(O ) Rx ; -OCO2Rx; -OCON(Rx) 2 ; -N(Rx) 2 ; -S( O ) 2 Rx; -NRx(CO)Rx, wherein each occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to, an aliphatic, alicyclic, heteroaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl, or alkylheteroaryl group, wherein any aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, alkylaryl, or alkylheteroaryl substituent described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any aryl or heteroaryl substituent described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. Additional examples of generally suitable substituents are illustrated by the specific embodiments shown in the Examples described herein.

术语“芳基”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且是指芳族碳环基,其任选地被取代,具有单个环(例如苯基)、多个环(例如联苯基)、或其中至少一个为芳族的多个稠环(例如1,2,3,4-四氢萘基、萘基、蒽基或菲基)。也就是说,至少一个环可具有共轭π电子体系,而其它邻接环可为环烷基、环烯基、环炔基、芳基和/或杂环基。芳基可以如本文所述任选地被取代。取代基包括但不限于任何前述取代基,即对脂族部分、或对在本文中所公开的其它部分所列出的导致形成稳定化合物的取代基。在一些情况下,芳基为优选地具有3-14个碳原子的稳定单或多环不饱和部分,其每个可以是取代的或未取代的。“碳环芳基”是指其中芳族环上的环原子为碳原子的芳基。碳环芳基包括单环碳环芳基和多环或稠环化合物(例如两个或更多个相邻环原子为两个邻接环所共有),如萘基。The term "aryl" has its ordinary meaning in the art and refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group that is optionally substituted and has a single ring (e.g., phenyl), multiple rings (e.g., biphenyl), or multiple fused rings of which at least one is aromatic (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, or phenanthrenyl). That is, at least one ring may have a conjugated π electron system, while the other adjacent rings may be cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, and/or heterocyclic groups. The aryl group may be optionally substituted as described herein. Substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the aforementioned substituents, i.e., those listed for the aliphatic portion or for the other portions disclosed herein that result in the formation of a stable compound. In some cases, the aryl group is a stable mono- or polycyclic unsaturated moiety preferably having 3-14 carbon atoms, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted. "Carbocyclic aryl" refers to an aryl group in which the ring atoms on the aromatic ring are carbon atoms. Carbocyclic aryl groups include monocyclic carbocyclic aryl groups and polycyclic or fused ring compounds (eg, two or more adjacent ring atoms are common to two adjoining rings), such as naphthyl.

术语“杂芳基”具有其在本领域中的普通含义,并且是指包含至少一个杂原子作为环原子的芳基。“杂芳基”是优选具有3-14个碳原子的稳定杂环或多杂环不饱和部分,其每个可以是取代的或未取代的。取代基包括但不限于任何前述取代基,即对脂族部分、或对在本文中所公开的其它部分所列出的导致形成稳定化合物的取代基。在一些情况下,杂芳基为具有5至10个环原子的环状芳族基团,其中一个环原子选自S、O和N;0、1或2个环原子为独立地选自S、O和N的另外的杂原子;并且其余环原子为碳,基团通过任何环原子接合分子的其它部分,例如吡啶基、吡嗪基、嘧啶基、吡咯基、吡唑基、咪唑基、噻唑基、噁唑基、异噁唑基、噻二唑基、噁二唑基、苯硫基、呋喃基、喹啉基、异喹啉基等。The term "heteroaryl" has its ordinary meaning in the art and refers to an aromatic group containing at least one heteroatom as a ring atom. A "heteroaryl" group is a stable heterocyclic or polycyclic unsaturated moiety preferably having 3-14 carbon atoms, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the aforementioned substituents, i.e., substituents listed for the aliphatic moiety or for other moieties disclosed herein that result in the formation of a stable compound. In some cases, a heteroaryl group is a cyclic aromatic group having 5 to 10 ring atoms, wherein one ring atom is selected from S, O, and N; 0, 1, or 2 ring atoms are additional heteroatoms independently selected from S, O, and N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon, the group being joined to the rest of the molecule via any ring atom, for example, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, phenylthio, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, etc.

还将理解的是,如本文所定义的芳基和杂芳基部分可以通过烷基或杂烷基部分连接,并且因此还包括-(烷基)芳基、-(杂烷基)芳基、-(杂烷基)杂芳基和-(杂烷基)杂芳基部分。因此,如本文所使用的短语“芳基或杂芳基部分”和“芳基、杂芳基、-(烷基)芳基、-(杂烷基)芳基、-(杂烷基)杂芳基和-(杂烷基)杂芳基”是可互换的。取代基包括但不限于任何前述取代基,即对脂族部分、或对在本文中所公开的其它部分所列出的导致形成稳定化合物的取代基。It will also be understood that aryl and heteroaryl moieties as defined herein may be attached through an alkyl or heteroalkyl moiety, and thus also include -(alkyl)aryl, -(heteroalkyl)aryl, -(heteroalkyl)heteroaryl, and -(heteroalkyl)heteroaryl moieties. Thus, as used herein, the phrases "aryl or heteroaryl moiety" and "aryl, heteroaryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(heteroalkyl)aryl, -(heteroalkyl)heteroaryl, and -(heteroalkyl)heteroaryl" are interchangeable. Substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the aforementioned substituents, i.e., those listed for aliphatic moieties, or for other moieties disclosed herein, that result in the formation of stable compounds.

将理解的是,芳基和杂芳基(包括双环芳基)可是取代的或未取代的,其中取代包括使用以下部分中的任何一种或多种独立地替代其上的一个或多个氢原子,所述部分包括但不限于:脂族基团;脂环基团;杂脂族基团;杂环基团;芳族基团;杂芳族基团;芳基;杂芳基;烷基芳基;杂烷基芳基;烷基杂芳基;杂烷基杂芳基;烷氧基;芳氧基;杂烷氧基;杂芳氧基;烷硫基;芳硫基;杂烷硫基;杂芳硫基;F;Cl;Br;I;-OH;-NO2;-CN;-CF3;-CHF2;-CH2F;-CH2CF3;-CHCl2;-CH2OH;-CH2CH2OH;-CH2NH2;-CH2SO2CH3;-C(O)Rx;-CO2(Rx);-CON(Rx)2;-OC(O)Rx;-OCO2Rx;-OCON(Rx)2;-N(Rx)2;-S(O)2Rx;-NRx(CO)Rx,其中每次出现的Rx独立地包括但不限于,脂族基团、脂环基团、杂脂族基团、杂环基团、芳族基团、杂芳族基团、芳基、杂芳基、烷基芳基、烷基杂芳基、杂烷基芳基或杂烷基杂芳基,其中上文和本文描述的任何脂族、脂环、杂脂族、杂环、烷基芳基或烷基杂芳基取代基可以是取代或未取代的,支链或无支链的,饱和的或不饱和的,并且其中上文和本文描述的任何芳族、杂芳族、芳基、杂芳基、-(烷基)芳基或-(烷基)杂芳基取代基可以是取代的或未取代的。此外,将理解,任何两个相邻的基团可以合起来表示4、5、6、或7-元取代或未取代的脂环或杂环部分。通常适用的取代基的其它实例通过本文所述的具体实施方案进行说明。It will be understood that the aryl and heteroaryl groups (including bicyclic aryl groups) may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein substitution includes independently replacing one or more hydrogen atoms thereon with any one or more of the following moieties, including but not limited to: aliphatic; alicyclic; heteroaliphatic; heterocyclic; aromatic; heteroaromatic; aryl; heteroaryl; alkylaryl; heteroalkylaryl; alkylheteroaryl; heteroalkylheteroaryl; alkoxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; F ; Cl; Br; I; -OH ; -NO2 ; -CN; -CF3 ; -CHF2 ; -CH2F ; -CH2CF3 ; -CHCl2; -CH2OH ; -CH2CH2OH ; -CH2NH2 ; -CH2SO2CH3 ; -C (O ) Rx; -CO2 -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, - (alkyl)aryl, -( alkyl )aryl, -(alkyl) aryl , -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, - ( alkyl)aryl , -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)hetero ...heteroaryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)heteroaryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)heteroaryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)heteroaryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)heteroaryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)heteroaryl, -(alkyl)aryl, -(alkyl)heteroary Furthermore, it will be understood that any two adjacent groups may be taken together to represent a 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic or heterocyclic moiety. Additional examples of generally suitable substituents are illustrated by the specific embodiments described herein.

本文所使用的术语“卤代”和“卤素”是指选自氟、氯、溴和碘的原子。[0046] As used herein, the terms "halo" and "halogen" refer to an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.

应该理解,如本文所述的上述基团和/或化合物可以任选地被任何数量的取代基或官能部分取代。也就是说,任何以上基团可以任选地被取代。如本文所使用的术语“取代的”考虑包括所有可允许的有机化合物的取代基,“可允许的”为在本领域普通技术人员已知化学价态规则的语境下。一般而言,术语“取代的”,无论前面是否有术语“任选地”,以及在本发明的式中包含的取代基是指用指定取代基的基团替代给定结构中的氢基。当任何给定结构中多于一个位置可以被选自指定基团的多于一个取代基取代时,取代基在每个位置可以相同或不同。应该理解的是,“取代的”还包括产生稳定的化合物的取代,例如,其不会如通过重排、环化、消除等自发进行转化。在一些情况下,“取代的”通常可以指用如本文所述的取代基替代氢。然而,如本文所使用的“取代的”不包括替代和/或改变通过其确定分子的关键官能团,例如使得“取代的”官能团通过取代变成不同的官能团。例如,“取代的苯基”必须仍然包含苯基部分,并且在该定义中不能通过取代而被修饰变成例如吡啶环。广义而言,可允许的取代基包括有机化合物的非环状和环状、支链和非支链、碳环和杂环、芳族和非芳族取代基。说明性的取代基包括例如本文所述的那些。对于合适的有机化合物,可允许的取代基可以是一个或多个并且相同或不同。出于本发明的目的,杂原子如氮可具有满足杂原子价态的氢取代基和/或本文所述的有机化合物的任何可允许的取代基。此外,本发明不意在以任何方式受有机化合物的可允许的取代基限制。It should be understood that the above-mentioned groups and/or compounds as described herein may be optionally substituted with any number of substituents or functional moieties. That is, any of the above groups may be optionally substituted. As used herein, the term "substituted" is considered to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds, "permissible" being in the context of chemical valence rules known to those of ordinary skill in the art. In general, the term "substituted", whether or not preceded by the term "optionally", and the substituents included in the formula of the present invention refer to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in a given structure with groups of specified substituents. When more than one position in any given structure can be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituents may be the same or different at each position. It should be understood that "substituted" also includes substitutions that produce stable compounds, for example, they will not spontaneously transform as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. In some cases, "substituted" may generally refer to the replacement of hydrogen with substituents as described herein. However, as used herein, "substituted" does not include replacement and/or alteration of key functional groups by which a molecule is determined, such as by making a "substituted" functional group become a different functional group by substitution. For example, " substituted phenyl " must still contain phenyl moiety, and can not be modified into, for example, pyridine ring by substitution in this definition. In a broad sense, permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described herein. For suitable organic compounds, permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different. For purposes of the present invention, heteroatoms such as nitrogen can have any permissible substituents of hydrogen substituents and/or organic compounds described herein that satisfy heteroatom valence states. In addition, the present invention is not intended to be limited in any way by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.

取代基的实例包括但不限于,卤素、叠氮基、烷基、芳烷基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、羟基、烷氧基、氨基、硝基、巯基、亚氨基、酰氨基、膦酸酯基、亚膦酸酯基、羰基、羧基、甲硅烷基、醚基、烷硫基、磺酰基、磺酰氨基、酮基、醛基、酯基、杂环基、芳族或杂芳族部分、-CF3、-CN、芳基、芳氧基、全卤代烷氧基、芳烷氧基、杂芳基、杂芳氧基、杂芳基烷基、杂芳烷氧基、叠氮基、氨基、卤化物基团、烷硫基、氧代基、酰基烷基、羧基酯基、羰酰氨基、酰氧基、氨基烷基、烷基氨基芳基、烷基芳基、烷基氨基烷基、烷氧基芳基、芳基氨基、芳烷基氨基、烷基磺酰基、羰酰氨基烷基芳基、羰酰氨基芳基、羟基烷基、卤代烷基、烷基氨基烷基羧基、氨基羰酰氨基烷基、氰基、烷氧基烷基、全卤代烷基、芳基烷氧基烷基等。Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, azido, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, keto, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclic, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CF3 , -CN, aryl, aryloxy, perhaloalkoxy, aralkyloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaralkyloxy, azido, amino, halide group, alkylthio, oxo, acylalkyl, carboxyl ester group, carbonylamino, acyloxy, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoaryl, alkylaryl, alkylaminoalkyl, alkoxyaryl, arylamino, aralkylamino, alkylsulfonyl, carbonylaminoalkylaryl, carbonylaminoaryl, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, alkylaminoalkylcarboxyl, aminocarbonylaminoalkyl, cyano, alkoxyalkyl, perhaloalkyl, arylalkoxyalkyl, etc.

当考虑到以下实施例时将进一步了解本发明的这些和其它方面,这些实施例旨在说明本发明的某些特定实施方案,但并非意在限制如权利要求所定义的其范围。These and other aspects of the invention will become further apparent upon consideration of the following examples, which are intended to illustrate certain specific embodiments of the invention but are not intended to limit its scope as defined by the claims.

实施例Example

实施例1.使用非化学计量量的端基单体、低溶剂含量、催化的以及在分散后扩链,合成具有扩链的聚氨酯分散体–具有碳酸甘油酯(CCARB)端基(EG)(粘合剂A)Example 1. Synthesis of a chain-extended polyurethane dispersion with glycerol carbonate (CCARB) end groups (EG) (Binder A) using non-stoichiometric amounts of end monomers, low solvent content, catalysis, and post-dispersion chain extension

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加24.50g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)、3.29g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)、70.80g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)和7.58gYmerN120。然后添加0.057g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并将混合物加热到68-71℃。5.5小时后,将4.61g碳酸甘油酯添加到反应混合物并且再搅拌2小时,此时加入1.44g N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(NMP)以降低粘度。再过1小时后添加三乙胺(2.28g)并搅拌15分钟,此时将预聚物分散于167g的39℃的去离子水(DIW)中。在15分钟内添加预聚物。将HMDA(0.631g)在DIW(10.3g)中的溶液在12分钟内逐滴加到分散体。再过60分钟后,分离澄清、略微不透明的分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a 1 L three-necked flask was charged with 24.50 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI), 3.29 g of DMPA (dimethylolpropionic acid), 70.80 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), and 7.58 g of YmerN120. 0.057 g of dibutyltin dilaurate was then added, and the mixture was heated to 68-71°C. After 5.5 hours, 4.61 g of glycerol carbonate was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for an additional 2 hours, at which point 1.44 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was added to reduce the viscosity. After another hour, triethylamine (2.28 g) was added and stirred for 15 minutes, at which point the prepolymer was dispersed in 167 g of deionized water (DIW) at 39°C. The prepolymer was added over 15 minutes. A solution of HMDA (0.631 g) in DIW (10.3 g) was added dropwise to the dispersion over 12 minutes.After a further 60 minutes a clear, slightly opaque dispersion was isolated.

实施例2.使用端基单体的混合物、催化的、以及在分散后扩链,合成聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯/3-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷(粘合剂B)Example 2. Synthesis of a polyurethane dispersion using a mixture of terminal monomers, catalysis, and post-dispersion chain extension—glycerol carbonate/3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (Binder B)

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加76.12g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、8.806g YmerN120(Perstorp)和4.193g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。添加28.6g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)和0.060g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并将混合物加热到75-76℃持续3.5小时。添加碳酸甘油酯(2.946g)并且再加热反应3小时。添加TEA(3.71g),并且在15分钟之后在10分钟内将预聚物分散于202g的~39℃的DIW中。在以1000rpm再混合5分钟之后,在10分钟内将HMDA(2.09g)在DIW(15.0g)中的溶液和3-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷(2.216g)分别滴加到分散体,再过60分钟后,分离澄清、半透明的分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 76.12 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), 8.806 g of YmerN120 (Perstorp), and 4.193 g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask. 28.6 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) and 0.060 g of dibutyltin dilaurate were added, and the mixture was heated to 75-76 ° C for 3.5 hours. Glyceryl carbonate (2.946 g) was added and heated for an additional 3 hours. TEA (3.71 g) was added, and after 15 minutes, the prepolymer was dispersed in 202 g of DIW at ~39 ° C within 10 minutes. After mixing for a further 5 minutes at 1000 rpm, a solution of HMDA (2.09 g) in DIW (15.0 g) and 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (2.216 g) were added dropwise to the dispersion over 10 minutes, and after a further 60 minutes a clear, translucent dispersion was isolated.

实施例3.使用端基单体的混合物、催化的、以及在分散后扩链,合成聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯/3-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷(粘合剂C)Example 3. Synthesis of a polyurethane dispersion using a mixture of terminal monomers, catalysis, and post-dispersion chain extension—glycerol carbonate/3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (Binder C)

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加65.56g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、7.866g YmerN120(Perstorp)和3.611g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。添加24.7g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)和0.049g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并将混合物加热到75-76℃持续3.5小时。添加碳酸甘油酯(1.586g)并且再加热反应2.5小时。添加TEA(3.03g),并且在15分钟之后在15分钟内将预聚物分散到175g的~39℃的DIW中。在以900rpm再混合5分钟之后,在20分钟内将HMDA(1.26g)在DIW(15.3g)中的溶液和3-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷(3.13g)分别滴加到分散体。再过100分钟后,分离澄清、半透明的分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 65.56 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), 7.866 g of YmerN120 (Perstorp), and 3.611 g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask. 24.7 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) and 0.049 g of dibutyltin dilaurate were added, and the mixture was heated to 75-76 ° C for 3.5 hours. Glyceryl carbonate (1.586 g) was added and the reaction was heated for another 2.5 hours. TEA (3.03 g) was added, and after 15 minutes, the prepolymer was dispersed into 175 g of DIW at ~39 ° C over 15 minutes. After mixing for a further 5 minutes at 900 rpm, a solution of HMDA (1.26 g) in DIW (15.3 g) and 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (3.13 g) were added dropwise to the dispersion over a period of 20 minutes. After a further 100 minutes, a clear, translucent dispersion was isolated.

实施例4.使用化学计量量的端基单体,在溶剂中且催化的,逐滴添加试剂,合成无扩链的聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯(粘合剂D)Example 4. Synthesis of a chain-extension-free polyurethane dispersion - glycerol carbonate (binder D) using stoichiometric amounts of terminal monomers in a solvent with catalytic, dropwise addition of reagents

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加33.20g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)和91.70g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)。添加0.097g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并将混合物加热到68-70℃。4.5小时后,将18.36g的6.985g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)和14.75g NMP的混合物直接添加到反应器,并且再搅拌1.5小时,然后将反应器冷却并且中止搅拌过夜。次日将混合物重新加热到75-77℃持续5小时,接着添加8.704g碳酸甘油酯。再过3小时后,终止加热和搅拌。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 33.20 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) and 91.70 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask. 0.097 g of dibutyltin dilaurate was added, and the mixture was heated to 68-70°C. After 4.5 hours, 18.36 g of a mixture of 6.985 g of DMPA (dimethylolpropionic acid) and 14.75 g of NMP was added directly to the reactor and stirred for an additional 1.5 hours, after which the reactor was cooled and stirring was discontinued overnight. The next day, the mixture was reheated to 75-77°C for 5 hours, followed by the addition of 8.704 g of glycerol carbonate. After another 3 hours, heating and stirring were terminated.

将114.7g的以上预聚物混合物转移到第二反应器,并且加热到70℃。添加2.7g的TEA(三乙胺)并搅拌45分钟,之后在30分钟内将预聚物分散到163.5g的45℃的DIW中。再过30分钟后,分离半透明的分散体。114.7 g of the above prepolymer mixture was transferred to a second reactor and heated to 70° C. 2.7 g of TEA (triethylamine) was added and stirred for 45 minutes, after which the prepolymer was dispersed into 163.5 g of DIW at 45° C. over 30 minutes. After another 30 minutes, a translucent dispersion was isolated.

实施例5.使用化学计量量的端基单体–催化的,逆序添加DIW,合成无扩链的聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯(粘合剂E)Example 5. Synthesis of a chain-extended polyurethane dispersion using stoichiometric amounts of terminal monomers - catalyzed, reverse addition of DIW - glycerol carbonate (binder E)

在氮气气氛下,向500ml三颈烧瓶添加35.76g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)、6.31g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)和98.36g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)。添加0.076g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并先将混合物加热到72℃持续2小时,然后加热到80℃持续4小时。添加9.33g碳酸甘油酯并加热1.5小时,然后终止加热和搅拌。在15小时后将混合物重新加热到70-75℃持续1.5小时,接着添加3.54g TEA(三乙胺)。混合45分钟之后,在45分钟内添加266.0g的DIW,同时在750rpm下混合,并且冷却至38-40℃。再混合乳白色的分散体1.5小时,并随后分离。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 35.76g H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI), 6.31g DMPA (dimethylolpropionic acid) and 98.36g poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000) were added to a 500ml three-necked flask. 0.076g dibutyltin dilaurate was added, and the mixture was first heated to 72°C for 2 hours and then to 80°C for 4 hours. 9.33g glycerol carbonate was added and heated for 1.5 hours, and then heating and stirring were terminated. After 15 hours, the mixture was reheated to 70-75°C for 1.5 hours, followed by the addition of 3.54g TEA (triethylamine). After mixing for 45 minutes, 266.0g of DIW was added over 45 minutes while mixing at 750rpm and cooled to 38-40°C. The milky dispersion was mixed for another 1.5 hours and then separated.

实施例6.使用在溶剂中的非化学计量量的端基单体,催化的,在分散后合成具有扩链的聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯EG(粘合剂F)Example 6. Synthesis of a polyurethane dispersion with chain extension after dispersion using non-stoichiometric amounts of terminal monomers in solvent, catalyzed—glycerol carbonate EG (binder F)

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加31.82g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)、5.79g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)、87.20g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)和2.11g NMP。然后添加0.064g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并将混合物加热到78-80℃。4.5小时后,将4.56g碳酸甘油酯和0.93g NMP添加到反应混合物,并且再搅拌4小时,此时将反应冷却到70℃。添加TEA(4.08g)和NMP(1.9g),并搅拌20分钟,此时将预聚物分散到197g的~42℃的DIW中。在10分钟内添加预聚物,接着在1000rpm下再混合5分钟。用另外的10.02g DIW稀释35.4%的HMDA在DIW(4.61g)中的溶液,并在15分钟内滴加到分散体。再过30分钟后,分离澄清、略微不透明的分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a 1 L three-necked flask was charged with 31.82 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI), 5.79 g of DMPA (dimethylolpropionic acid), 87.20 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn ~2,000), and 2.11 g of NMP. 0.064 g of dibutyltin dilaurate was then added, and the mixture was heated to 78-80°C. After 4.5 hours, 4.56 g of glycerol carbonate and 0.93 g of NMP were added to the reaction mixture and stirred for an additional 4 hours, at which point the reaction was cooled to 70°C. TEA (4.08 g) and NMP (1.9 g) were added and stirred for 20 minutes, at which point the prepolymer was dispersed into 197 g of DIW at ~42°C. The prepolymer was added over 10 minutes, followed by mixing at 1000 rpm for an additional 5 minutes. A 35.4% solution of HMDA in DIW (4.61 g) was diluted with an additional 10.02 g of DIW and added dropwise to the dispersion over 15 minutes. After a further 30 minutes, a clear, slightly opaque dispersion was isolated.

实施例7.使用端基单体混合物,催化的,以及在分散后扩链,合成聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯/2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(HEP)EG(粘合剂G)Example 7. Synthesis of a polyurethane dispersion using a terminal monomer mixture, catalyzed, and chain extended after dispersion—glycerol carbonate/2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (HEP) EG (Binder G)

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加76.40g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、9.284g YmerN120(Perstorp)和4.433g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。然后添加31.2g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)和0.060g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并且将混合物加热到75-76℃持续5小时,之后添加4.828g的碳酸甘油酯(3.35g)和2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(3.653g)的混合物,并再搅拌3.5小时。添加TEA(3.61g),并在15分钟后在15分钟内将预聚物分散到202g的~39℃的DIW中,接着在750rpm下再混合5分钟。将HMDA(2.09g)在水(10.0g)DIW中的溶液在10分钟内滴加到分散体。再过60分钟后,分离澄清、半透明的分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 76.40 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), 9.284 g of YmerN120 (Perstorp), and 4.433 g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask. 31.2 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) and 0.060 g of dibutyltin dilaurate were then added, and the mixture was heated to 75-76°C for 5 hours, after which a mixture of 4.828 g of glycerol carbonate (3.35 g) and 2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (3.653 g) was added and stirred for an additional 3.5 hours. TEA (3.61 g) was added, and 15 minutes later, the prepolymer was dispersed into 202 g of DIW at ~39°C over 15 minutes, followed by mixing at 750 rpm for an additional 5 minutes. A solution of HMDA (2.09 g) in water (10.0 g) DIW was added dropwise to the dispersion over 10 minutes. After a further 60 minutes a clear, translucent dispersion was isolated.

实施例8.使用化学计量量的端基单体混合物合成聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯/2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(粘合剂H)Example 8. Synthesis of Polyurethane Dispersion Using Stoichiometric End-Monomer Mixture - Glycerol Carbonate/2-Hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (Binder H)

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加95.50g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~1,000)、9.99g YmerN120(Perstorp)和7.77g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。然后添加54.4g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI),并且将混合物加热到75-80℃持续5小时,然后添加10.71g的碳酸甘油酯(4.43g)和2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(10.23g)的混合物,并再搅拌2小时。将温度降低到55℃,并再混合20小时。反应温度升高到75℃,此时添加TEA(4.58g)。30分钟后,将预聚物分散到310g的~39℃的DIW中。在30分钟内添加预聚物,接着在环境温度下混合过夜。分离澄清、半透明的分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 95.50g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~1,000), 9.99g of YmerN120 (Perstorp) and 7.77g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1L three-necked flask. 54.4g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) was then added and the mixture was heated to 75-80°C for 5 hours, followed by a mixture of 10.71g of glycerol carbonate (4.43g) and 2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (10.23g) and stirred for an additional 2 hours. The temperature was lowered to 55°C and mixed for an additional 20 hours. The reaction temperature was raised to 75°C, at which point TEA (4.58g) was added. After 30 minutes, the prepolymer was dispersed into 310g of DIW at ~39°C. The prepolymer was added over 30 minutes and then mixed overnight at ambient temperature. A clear, translucent dispersion was isolated.

实施例9.使用化学计量量的端基单体混合物合成聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯/2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮EG(粘合剂J)Example 9. Synthesis of Polyurethane Dispersion Using Stoichiometric End-Monomer Mixture - Glycerol Carbonate/2-Hydroxyethylpyrrolidone EG (Binder J)

在氮气气氛下,在30℃下向1L三颈烧瓶添加158.3g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、10.60g Ymer N120(Perstorp)和10.19g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。然后添加58.13g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI),并且将混合物加热到100℃持续5.5小时。将温度降低到80℃,添加10.60g的碳酸甘油酯(4.378g)和2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(9.552g)的混合物,并再搅拌1小时。将温度降低到55℃并再混合20小时。将反应温度降低到70℃,并再混合21小时过夜。添加TEA(7.15g),并在15分钟之后将预聚物分散到462g的50℃的DIW中。在70分钟内添加预聚物,此时在1.5小时内将温度升高到65℃。在环境温度下混合过夜后,分离澄清、半透明的分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 158.3 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), 10.60 g of Ymer N120 (Perstorp) and 10.19 g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask at 30°C. 58.13 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) was then added and the mixture was heated to 100°C for 5.5 hours. The temperature was lowered to 80°C, a mixture of 10.60 g of glycerol carbonate (4.378 g) and 2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (9.552 g) was added, and stirred for another hour. The temperature was lowered to 55°C and mixed for another 20 hours. The reaction temperature was lowered to 70°C and mixed for another 21 hours overnight. TEA (7.15 g) was added and after 15 minutes the prepolymer was dispersed into 462 g of DIW at 50° C. The prepolymer was added over 70 minutes, at which point the temperature was raised to 65° C. over 1.5 hours. After mixing overnight at ambient temperature, a clear, translucent dispersion was isolated.

实施例10.使用非化学计量量的端基单体混合物,催化的,在分散后扩链,合成聚氨酯分散体–2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮/3-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷(粘合剂L)Example 10. Synthesis of a polyurethane dispersion using a non-stoichiometric end-group monomer mixture, catalyzed, and chain-extended after dispersion—2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone/3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (Binder L)

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加74.818g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、8.515g YmerN120(Perstorp)和4.054g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。添加27.435g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)和0.057g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并且将混合物加热到76-78℃持续3.5小时。添加2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(3.034g)并再加热反应3小时。添加TEA(3.628g),并在10分钟之后在15分钟内将预聚物分散到178g的~39℃的DIW中。在900rpm下再混合5分钟之后,在25分钟内将HMDA(2.824g)在DIW(12.557g)中的溶液和3-氨基丙基三甲氧基硅烷(1.206g)分别滴加到分散体。再过90分钟后分离分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 74.818 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), 8.515 g of YmerN120 (Perstorp) and 4.054 g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask. 27.435 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) and 0.057 g of dibutyltin dilaurate were added, and the mixture was heated to 76-78 ° C for 3.5 hours. 2-Hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (3.034 g) was added and heated for an additional 3 hours. TEA (3.628 g) was added, and after 10 minutes, the prepolymer was dispersed into 178 g of DIW at ~39 ° C within 15 minutes. After mixing for another 5 minutes at 900 rpm, a solution of HMDA (2.824 g) in DIW (12.557 g) and 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (1.206 g) were added dropwise to the dispersion over 25 minutes. After another 90 minutes, the dispersion was isolated.

实施例11.使用非化学计量量的端基单体混合物,催化的,以及在分散后扩链,合成聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯/3-羟基丙腈(粘合剂M)Example 11. Synthesis of a polyurethane dispersion using a non-stoichiometric end-monomer mixture, catalyzed, and chain extended after dispersion—glycerol carbonate/3-hydroxypropionitrile (Binder M)

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加76.532g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、9.148g YmerN120(Perstorp)和4.129g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。添加30.024g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI)和0.062g二月桂酸二丁基锡,并将混合物加热到75-77℃持续3.5小时。添加3.97g的碳酸甘油酯(5.006g)和3-羟基丙腈(1.656g)的混合物,并且再加热反应2.5小时。添加TEA(2.75g),并且在15分钟之后在10分钟内将预聚物分散到176g的~39℃的DIW中。在750rpm下混合,并在10分钟内将HMDA(1.773g)在DIW(10.0g)中的溶液滴加到分散体。添加另外64.5g DIW,并且再过30分钟后分离分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 76.532g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), 9.148g of YmerN120 (Perstorp) and 4.129g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1L three-necked flask. 30.024g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) and 0.062g of dibutyltin dilaurate were added, and the mixture was heated to 75-77°C for 3.5 hours. A mixture of 3.97g of glycerol carbonate (5.006g) and 3-hydroxypropionitrile (1.656g) was added, and the reaction was heated for another 2.5 hours. TEA (2.75g) was added, and after 15 minutes, the prepolymer was dispersed into 176g of DIW at ~39°C within 10 minutes. With mixing at 750 rpm, a solution of HMDA (1.773 g) in DIW (10.0 g) was added dropwise to the dispersion over 10 minutes. Another 64.5 g of DIW was added, and after a further 30 minutes the dispersion was isolated.

实施例12.使用非化学计量量的端基单体混合物,不催化的,在分散后扩链,合成聚氨酯分散体–碳酸甘油酯/2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮EG(粘合剂O)Example 12. Synthesis of a polyurethane dispersion using a non-stoichiometric end-monomer mixture, uncatalyzed, and chain-extended after dispersion—glycerol carbonate/2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone EG (binder O)

在氮气气氛下,在30℃下向1L三颈烧瓶添加200.3g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、13.86g Ymer N120(Perstorp)和14.72g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。然后添加95.1g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI),并且将混合物加热到100℃持续3.5小时,之后聚合基本上完成(由中红外光谱监测)。将温度降低到80℃,添加16.84g的碳酸甘油酯(6.656g)和2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(14.419g)的混合物,并再搅拌16小时。将温度降低到78℃并添加TEA(10.54g)。75分钟后,在30分钟内将预聚物分散到625g的40℃的DIW中,接着使用HMDA(5.51g)在DIW(10.8g)中的混合物再扩链10分钟。将反应温度提高到55℃持续1小时,之后终止加热并且将分散体在环境条件下混合过夜,产生澄清、半透明的产物。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 200.3g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~2,000), 13.86g of Ymer N120 (Perstorp) and 14.72g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1L three-necked flask at 30°C. 95.1g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) was then added and the mixture was heated to 100°C for 3.5 hours, after which polymerization was essentially complete (monitored by mid-infrared spectroscopy). The temperature was reduced to 80°C, a mixture of 16.84g of glycerol carbonate (6.656g) and 2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (14.419g) was added, and stirred for an additional 16 hours. The temperature was reduced to 78°C and TEA (10.54g) was added. After 75 minutes, the prepolymer was dispersed into 625 g of DIW at 40° C. over 30 minutes, followed by chain extension for another 10 minutes using a mixture of HMDA (5.51 g) in DIW (10.8 g). The reaction temperature was raised to 55° C. for 1 hour, after which heating was terminated and the dispersion was mixed overnight at ambient conditions to produce a clear, translucent product.

实施例13.聚氨酯的合成–丙烯酸混合粘合剂AExample 13. Synthesis of Polyurethane-Acrylic Hybrid Adhesive A

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加120.0g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~1,000)、12.90g YmerN120(Perstorp)和9.72g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。然后添加68.37g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI),并且将混合物加热到100℃持续4.5小时。冷却到80℃后,添加11.98g的碳酸甘油酯(4.24g)和2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(9.71g)的混合物,并搅拌1小时。将温度降低到70℃并再混合16.5小时。将加热油的温度升高到77℃,此时添加TEA(6.28g)。40分钟后,在35分钟内将预聚物分散到433g的~45℃的DIW中,接着加热至~50℃持续一小时。分离澄清、半透明的聚氨酯分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 120.0 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn~1,000), 12.90 g of YmerN120 (Perstorp) and 9.72 g of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask. 68.37 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) was then added, and the mixture was heated to 100° C. for 4.5 hours. After cooling to 80° C., a mixture of 11.98 g of glycerol carbonate (4.24 g) and 2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (9.71 g) was added and stirred for 1 hour. The temperature was lowered to 70° C. and mixed for an additional 16.5 hours. The temperature of the heating oil was raised to 77° C., at which time TEA (6.28 g) was added. After 40 minutes, the prepolymer was dispersed into 433 g of DIW at -45°C over 35 minutes, followed by heating to -50°C for one hour. A clear, translucent polyurethane dispersion was isolated.

向1L三颈烧瓶添加265.0g半透明的聚氨酯分散体(35.0%固体)、10.7g丙烯酸丁酯、4.3g甲基丙烯酸缩水甘油酯和0.42g 4,4′-偶氮双(4-氰基戊酸)。在500rpm下搅拌混合物90分钟,此时在氮气气氛下将其加热至70℃。再添加54g DIW,并继续加热总共21小时。在冷却至环境温度后,收集稀薄、泛白色的分散体。To a 1 L three-necked flask was added 265.0 g of a translucent polyurethane dispersion (35.0% solids), 10.7 g of butyl acrylate, 4.3 g of glycidyl methacrylate, and 0.42 g of 4,4′-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid). The mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 90 minutes, at which point it was heated to 70° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. An additional 54 g of DIW was added, and heating was continued for a total of 21 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, the thin, whitish dispersion was collected.

实施例14.聚氨酯的合成–丙烯酸混合粘合剂BExample 14. Synthesis of Polyurethane-Acrylic Hybrid Adhesive B

在氮气气氛下,向1L三颈烧瓶添加179.4g聚(丙二醇)(Mn~2,000)、6.54g YmerN120(Perstorp)和15.02g DMPA(二羟甲基丙酸)。然后添加72.91g H12MDI(4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯),氢化MDI),并将混合物加热到100℃持续4.5小时。冷却到80℃后,添加15.71g的碳酸甘油酯(6.36g)和2-羟基乙基吡咯烷酮(13.79g)的混合物,并搅拌21小时。添加9.65g TEA并且搅拌2.5小时,然后在30分钟内将预聚物分散到548g的~50℃的DIW中。将分散体加热到60℃持续1小时,接着在环境温度下混合过夜。分离澄清、稀薄的聚氨酯分散体。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 179.4 g of poly(propylene glycol) (Mn ~ 2,000), 6.54 g of YmerN120 (Perstorp), and 15.02 g of DMPA (dimethylolpropionic acid) were added to a 1 L three-necked flask. 72.91 g of H12MDI (4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylisocyanate), hydrogenated MDI) was then added, and the mixture was heated to 100°C for 4.5 hours. After cooling to 80°C, a mixture of 15.71 g of glycerol carbonate (6.36 g) and 2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone (13.79 g) was added and stirred for 21 hours. 9.65 g of TEA was added and stirred for 2.5 hours, after which the prepolymer was dispersed into 548 g of DIW at ~ 50°C over 30 minutes. The dispersion was heated to 60°C for 1 hour, then mixed overnight at ambient temperature. A clear, thin polyurethane dispersion was isolated.

向1L三颈烧瓶添加251.5g的稀薄的聚氨酯分散体(33%固体)、12.7g丙烯酸丁酯、4.7g甲基丙烯酸缩水甘油酯、6.3g甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、32.8g DIW和0.28g 4,4′-偶氮双(4-氰基戊酸)。在400rpm下搅拌混合物25分钟,此时在氮气气氛下将其加热到70-80℃持续7.5小时。添加0.12gAIBN,并在68-70℃下继续混合19小时。在冷却到环境温度之后,收集稀薄、泛白色的分散体。To a 1 L three-necked flask was added 251.5 g of a thin polyurethane dispersion (33% solids), 12.7 g of butyl acrylate, 4.7 g of glycidyl methacrylate, 6.3 g of 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 32.8 g of DIW, and 0.28 g of 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid). The mixture was stirred at 400 rpm for 25 minutes, at which point it was heated to 70-80°C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 7.5 hours. 0.12 g of AIBN was added, and mixing was continued at 68-70°C for 19 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, the thin, whitish dispersion was collected.

实施例15.通用外涂布方法和测试显示器结构Example 15. General overcoating method and test display structure

该实施例说明用于后续实施例的通用外涂布方法和显示器结构测试,除非另有说明。This example illustrates the general overcoating method and display structure testing used in subsequent examples unless otherwise noted.

使用缝型模或线型棒式涂布机,用粘合剂流体(通过混合相应的聚氨酯分散体与指定量的交联剂(多种交联剂)而制备)涂布在第一剥离基板(如第1D图所示为3层)或电极基板(如第1C图所示为2层)上的事先涂布和干燥的油墨,至指定干燥涂层重量。然后将油墨-粘合剂涂层在烘箱中以指定的温度和停留时间干燥,接着层压到电极基板(3层)或剥离基板(2层)。对于3层系统,将第一剥离基板从油墨表面移除,然后将油墨表面层压到光滑侧层压材料(SSL)粘合剂(例如图1D中的粘合剂层140)。2层结构在构建测试结构之前不需要另外的层压步骤。然后通过切割尺寸合适的区段,移除剩余的剥离背衬,并层压到合适的背板电极,将两种中间结构(2层或3层)加工成为测试显示器结构。测试显示器的适应一般在25℃和50%相对湿度(RH)适应后进行,除非需要替换的条件。Using a slot die or linear bar coater, the previously applied and dried ink on a first release substrate (3-layer as shown in Figure 1D) or electrode substrate (2-layer as shown in Figure 1C) is coated with an adhesive fluid (prepared by mixing the corresponding polyurethane dispersion with a specified amount of crosslinker(s)) to the specified dry coating weight. The ink-adhesive coating is then dried in an oven at the specified temperature and dwell time before being laminated to the electrode substrate (3-layer) or release substrate (2-layer). For 3-layer systems, the first release substrate is removed from the ink surface, and the ink surface is then laminated to a smooth side laminate (SSL) adhesive (e.g., adhesive layer 140 in Figure 1D). 2-layer structures do not require an additional lamination step prior to constructing the test structure. The two intermediate structures (2-layer or 3-layer) are then processed into test display structures by cutting sections of appropriate size, removing the remaining release backing, and laminating to the appropriate backplane electrode. Conditioning of the test displays is generally performed after conditioning at 25°C and 50% relative humidity (RH), unless alternative conditions are required.

实施例16.聚氨酯粘合剂的电光性能Example 16. Electro-optical properties of polyurethane adhesives

表1显示与以3层结构层压到油墨层的对比层压材料对照(水性聚氨酯分散体)相比,外涂布在一种或多种类型的油墨层的经环状碳酸酯改性的聚氨酯的t0EO状态。外涂层湿膜厚度为~4密耳,相当于~25g/m2的涂层重量。在25℃和50%RH下使3层像素适应。粘合剂C含有比粘合剂B含量更低的环状碳酸酯官能团。观察到当与对比层压材料像素相比时,实验性粘合剂获得显著改善的白色状态(WS)、暗状态(DS)和动态范围(DR)L*值。虽然表1的粘合剂和对照粘合剂所实现的总动态范围相对类似,但是如所示可以通过改变环状碳酸酯含量而操控WS和DS。粘合剂A中的环状碳酸酯官能团含量比粘合剂B中略高,并且解释了为何其WS图像稳定性略微较差(参见以下部分)。环状碳酸酯官能团也导致DS L*值非常低,如粘合剂A所例示的。Table 1 shows the t 0 EO state of cyclic carbonate-modified polyurethanes coated on one or more types of ink layers compared to a comparative laminate control (aqueous polyurethane dispersion) laminated to the ink layer in a 3-layer structure. The wet film thickness of the topcoat was ~4 mils, equivalent to a coating weight of ~25 g/m 2. The 3-layer pixels were conditioned at 25°C and 50% RH. Adhesive C contained a lower content of cyclic carbonate functional groups than Adhesive B. It was observed that the experimental adhesives achieved significantly improved white state (WS), dark state (DS), and dynamic range (DR) L* values when compared to the comparative laminate pixels. Although the total dynamic range achieved by the adhesives and control adhesives of Table 1 is relatively similar, WS and DS can be manipulated by varying the cyclic carbonate content as shown. The cyclic carbonate functional group content in Adhesive A is slightly higher than that in Adhesive B, and explains why its WS image stability is slightly worse (see the following section). Cyclic carbonate functional groups also result in very low DS L* values, as exemplified by Adhesive A.

表1.Table 1.

图5A-5B显示与层压到油墨层上的对照粘合剂相比,外涂布到油墨层的实验性聚氨酯的调整的30秒图像稳定性轨迹。在25℃和50%RH下使3层像素适应。图5A-5B示出环状碳酸酯官能团含量对WS和DS的30秒图像稳定性的影响。两种粘合剂均导致最小WS反弹且具有稳定的WS L*(图5B),或最小的WS L*改善,同时具有改善的L*值。观察到DS L*稳定性的类似的改善行为,但随后观察到WS的增加略大。Figures 5A-5B show the adjusted 30-second image stability traces of an experimental polyurethane overcoated onto the ink layer compared to a control adhesive laminated onto the ink layer. The 3 layers were pixel conditioned at 25°C and 50% RH. Figures 5A-5B show the effect of cyclic carbonate functionality content on the 30-second image stability of WS and DS. Both adhesives resulted in minimal WS bounce with stable WS L* (Figure 5B), or minimal WS L* improvement with improved L* values. Similar improvement behavior was observed for DS L* stability, but a slightly larger increase was observed for WS.

WS L*漂移的幅度和方向均可以通过所加入的环状碳酸酯官能团的含量控制。图6-7示出了该影响。低含量的环状碳酸酯导致WS L*随时间推移而升高,而非常高的含量则导致WS L*在30秒内降低。如图8所示,加入的环状碳酸酯官能团的摩尔%含量和WS L*漂移程度之间有相关性。最佳环状碳酸酯官能团含量为约10摩尔%。The magnitude and direction of the WS L* drift can be controlled by the content of the cyclic carbonate functional groups added. Figures 6-7 illustrate this effect. Low levels of cyclic carbonate cause WS L* to increase over time, while very high levels cause WS L* to decrease within 30 seconds. As shown in Figure 8, there is a correlation between the mole % content of the cyclic carbonate functional groups added and the degree of WS L* drift. The optimal cyclic carbonate functional group content is about 10 mole %.

实施例17.端基类型的影响Example 17. Effect of end group type

图8示出了吡咯烷酮与环状碳酸酯封端基团的影响的对比。两种官能团均为5元杂环,其中1或2个碳原子介于环和结合到聚氨酯链的氧之间。以等摩尔含量引入聚氨酯主链中,观察到含环状碳酸酯的聚氨酯显著更好的图像稳定性,明确说明了官能团类型的影响。Figure 8 compares the effects of pyrrolidone and cyclic carbonate end-capping groups. Both functional groups are five-membered heterocyclic rings with one or two carbon atoms interposed between the ring and the oxygen bound to the polyurethane chain. When incorporated into the polyurethane backbone at equimolar concentrations, significantly better image stability was observed for the polyurethane containing cyclic carbonate, clearly demonstrating the influence of functional group type.

对t0状态的该影响示于表2中。在粘合剂B系列中,用对比层压材料(对照)层压的像素从最初状态到30秒呈现整体WS损失,而用含吡咯烷酮粘合剂外涂布的像素则呈现整体WS改善。3层像素在25℃和50%RH下适应,并且如所示来自2次分开的实验。用含环状碳酸酯的粘合剂外涂布的像素具有稳定的WS,同时对层压材料系统呈现略微改善的WS L*。在粘合剂A系列中得到类似的观察,但该情况下层压材料像素的WS L*偏移较低。所有含环状碳酸酯官能团的外涂布像素相对于对照的改善的DR L*值是由于显著改善的DS L*值所致。This effect on the t 0 state is shown in Table 2. In the Adhesive B series, the pixels laminated with the comparative laminate (control) showed an overall WS loss from the initial state to 30 seconds, while the pixels coated with the pyrrolidone-containing adhesive showed an overall WS improvement. The 3 layers of pixels were conditioned at 25°C and 50% RH and are from 2 separate experiments as shown. The pixels coated with the cyclic carbonate-containing adhesive had a stable WS while showing a slightly improved WS L* for the laminate system. Similar observations were made in the Adhesive A series, but in this case the WS L* shift of the laminate pixels was lower. The improved DR L* values of all the coated pixels containing cyclic carbonate functional groups relative to the control were due to the significantly improved DS L* values.

表2Table 2

图9显示与层压到相同油墨的对比层压材料相比,外涂布到油墨层的粘合剂M的240毫秒WS L*脉冲轨迹。粘合剂M引入环状碳酸酯官能团和用于固化的酸官能团。两种粘合剂均利用5密耳厚的电极涂布成~25g/m2。观察到外涂布的油墨的WS的3L*升高(具有相等的DS L*轨迹)。Figure 9 shows a 240 millisecond WS L* pulse trace for Adhesive M overcoated to the ink layer compared to a control laminate laminated to the same ink. Adhesive M incorporates cyclic carbonate functionality and acid functionality for curing. Both adhesives were coated at ~25 g/m 2 using a 5 mil thick electrode. A 3 L* increase in WS was observed for the overcoated ink (with an equivalent DS L* trace).

实施例18.关于ITO油墨结构Example 18. Regarding ITO ink structure

将油墨涂布于涂布有氧化铟锡的透明、挠性基板。随后,将含有分散的聚氨酯和碳二亚胺交联剂(和聚氨酯中的羧基官能团反应)的水性粘合剂调配物进行棒涂,并在横吸式烘箱中以高温干燥。碳二亚胺交联剂含量与存在于聚氨酯中的酸官能团含量匹配,使得酸/碳二亚胺官能团为约1:1。The ink was applied to a transparent, flexible substrate coated with indium tin oxide. Subsequently, a water-based adhesive formulation containing a dispersed polyurethane and a carbodiimide crosslinker (reactive with the carboxyl functional groups in the polyurethane) was bar-coated and dried at high temperature in a horizontal suction oven. The carbodiimide crosslinker content was matched to the acid functional groups present in the polyurethane, resulting in an acid/carbodiimide functional group ratio of approximately 1:1.

表3显示最初动态范围δL*(相对于对比层压材料)随端基改性而改变。观察到相对于对比(对照)层压油墨,用碳酸酯改性的聚氨酯获得相当的初始性质。Table 3 shows the change in initial dynamic range δL* (relative to the comparative laminate) as a function of end group modification. It was observed that comparable initial properties were achieved with the carbonate-modified polyurethane relative to the comparative (control) laminating ink.

表3Table 3

施加Imposition δ(DR)δ(DR) 氰基cyano group 外涂层outer coating -3-3 吡咯烷酮Pyrrolidone 外涂层outer coating -1-1 正丁基n-Butyl 外涂层outer coating -3-3 氨基甲酸酯Carbamate 外涂层outer coating -2-2 碳酸酯Carbonate 外涂层outer coating 00 对照comparison 层压材料Laminated materials 00

图10显示了在机器涂布的DTI开放油墨上的外涂布粘合剂在25℃电应力测试期间WS L*随时间推移的损失。对于每种单一粘合剂,数据是相对于t=0的。所有外涂布的粘合剂均用碳二亚胺交联剂以1:1酸:碳二亚胺当量交联。对比层压材料(对照)未交联,并且含有180ppm的离子掺杂剂。出乎意料地发现,引入侧接环状碳酸酯官能团导致25℃应力降解抗性增强,与对比层压油墨相当。所研究的其它端基改性的聚氨酯未观察到该行为。Figure 10 shows the loss in WS L* over time during electrical stress testing at 25°C for overcoated adhesives on machine coated DTI open inks. The data are relative to t=0 for each single adhesive. All overcoated adhesives were crosslinked with a carbodiimide crosslinker at a 1:1 acid:carbodiimide equivalent. The comparative laminate (control) was not crosslinked and contained 180 ppm of ionic dopant. It was unexpectedly found that the introduction of pendant cyclic carbonate functional groups resulted in an enhanced resistance to stress degradation at 25°C that was comparable to the comparative laminating ink. This behavior was not observed for the other end-group modified polyurethanes studied.

实施例19.改善的低温性能Example 19. Improved low temperature performance

采用碳酸酯改性的聚氨酯观察到的另一种性能改善为改善的低温性能,即切换行为和得到的L*值。表4列出在0℃下累积的EO数据。碳酸酯改性的粘合剂显示最佳的0℃下的切换行为。Another property improvement observed with carbonate-modified polyurethanes is improved low temperature performance, i.e., switching behavior and resulting L* values. Table 4 lists the EO data accumulated at 0°C. The carbonate-modified adhesives showed the best switching behavior at 0°C.

表4Table 4

WS L*0CWS L*0C DS L*0CDS L*0C DR L*0CDR L*0C 氰基cyano group 66.166.1 31.331.3 34.834.8 吡咯烷酮Pyrrolidone 66.866.8 33.333.3 33.433.4 丁基Butyl 61.761.7 34.934.9 26.826.8 氨基甲酸酯Carbamate 64.364.3 3333 31.331.3 碳酸酯Carbonate 69.269.2 21.421.4 47.747.7

实施例20-23总体上涉及低涂层重量的粘合剂膜。Examples 20-23 generally relate to low coat weight adhesive films.

实施例20.低涂层重量外涂布Example 20. Low Coating Weight Overcoating

令人惊讶的是,通过操控聚氨酯的流变性和固化方法的类型和速率,使用相当低的粘合剂涂层重量即可实现油墨的外涂布和随后无空隙层压到电极基板。通常,对于商业和高级原型显示器中使用的粘合剂,诸如层压空隙和桔皮的缺陷随涂层重量减小而增加,并且需要至少~25g/m2的材料实现可接受的性能。本文所述的粘合剂显著减少无空隙层压和减少的桔皮所需的材料量。Surprisingly, by manipulating the rheology of the polyurethane and the type and rate of the curing method, overcoating of the ink and subsequent void-free lamination to the electrode substrate can be achieved using relatively low adhesive coating weights. Typically, for adhesives used in commercial and advanced prototype displays, defects such as lamination voids and orange peel increase with decreasing coating weight, and at least ~25 g/ m2 of material is required to achieve acceptable performance. The adhesives described herein significantly reduce the amount of material required for void-free lamination and reduced orange peel.

表5列出油墨-粘合剂-电极结构的涂层重量、空隙数和桔皮,其中通过使用线型棒式涂布机将含有羧酸、环状碳酸酯和丙烯酸酯官能团的粘合剂N外涂布到剥离基板上的油墨层。通过使用30%固体的水性粘合剂调配物得到6g/m2(约1密耳湿涂层厚度)的干燥涂层重量。如数据所示,实现了电极到油墨表面的几乎无空隙层压。此外,桔皮值在现有的粘合剂涂层重量为25g/m2的商业产品通常观察到的范围内。选择粘合剂的特征以平衡粘合剂的Tc(例如以影响材料流动到油墨表面中的方式,其中为了在固化前使电光层平坦化,较薄的膜需要降低量的粘合剂,通常需要较低的粘合剂Tc值)、交联程度(酸-碳二亚胺)和第一固化期间的溶剂蒸发,以实现流动且填充粗糙油墨表面和随后无空隙层压(例如在第二固化之后)到5密耳和1密耳电极基板二者。Table 5 lists the coating weight, void count, and orange peel of an ink-binder-electrode structure, in which an adhesive containing carboxylic acid, cyclic carbonate, and acrylate functional groups was overcoated onto the ink layer on a release substrate using a linear rod coater. A dry coating weight of 6 g/ (approximately 1 mil wet coating thickness) was achieved using a 30% solids aqueous adhesive formulation. As shown in the data, virtually void-free lamination of the electrode to the ink surface was achieved. Furthermore, the orange peel value is within the range typically observed with existing commercial adhesive coating weights of 25 g/ . The adhesive characteristics were selected to balance the adhesive's Tc (e.g., to influence material flow into the ink surface; thinner films require reduced amounts of adhesive to planarize the electro-optical layer prior to cure, typically resulting in lower adhesive Tc values), the degree of crosslinking (acid-carbodiimide), and solvent evaporation during the first cure to achieve flow and filling of rough ink surfaces and subsequent void-free lamination (e.g., after a second cure) to both 5-mil and 1-mil electrode substrates.

表5Table 5

表5显示将5密耳和1密耳电极层压到外涂布到剥离层上的开放油墨的油墨层的粘合剂N的涂层重量、空隙数和桔皮值。Table 5 shows the coating weight, void count, and orange peel value of Adhesive N for laminating 5 mil and 1 mil electrodes to an ink layer of open ink overcoated onto a release layer.

表6示出了另一个实施例,其说明了改善电光状态的官能团和实现低涂层重量的双重固化方法的组合的益处。在该情况下,将粘合剂M以低和高湿成膜量(4密耳湿相当于~20-25g/m2,以及1.5密耳湿相当于~8-10g/m2)外涂布到剥离层上的原型油墨,接着层压到5密耳电极基板并且构造成3层石墨像素。由数据和所附的图11的图像稳定性轨迹可以看出,用粘合剂M得到改善的WS L*和DR L*值:外涂布的材料的更低的涂层重量导致更好的WS图像稳定性,更低的反弹水平,和改善的电光状态。虽然初始DS L*值比观察到的对比层压材料对照的更高,但较低的DS SE水平导致几乎相等的30秒DS L*值。Table 6 shows another example illustrating the benefits of the combination of functional groups that improve the electro-optical state and a dual cure approach to achieve low coating weights. In this case, Adhesive M was overcoated to a prototype ink on a peel ply at low and high wet film builds (4 mils wet equivalent to ~20-25 g/m 2 and 1.5 mils wet equivalent to ~8-10 g/m 2 ), then laminated to a 5 mil electrode substrate and constructed into a 3-layer graphite pixel. As can be seen from the data and the image stability traces in the accompanying Figure 11, improved WS L* and DR L* values were obtained with Adhesive M: the lower coating weight of the overcoated material resulted in better WS image stability, lower bounce levels, and improved electro-optical state. Although the initial DS L* values were higher than those observed for the comparative laminate control, the lower DS SE levels resulted in almost equivalent 30 second DS L* values.

表6Table 6

表6显示以低和高湿成膜量外涂布到剥离层上的原型油墨的粘合剂M的25℃电光数据,说明电光活性官能团和低涂层重量粘合剂的影响。使3层像素在50℃/50%RH下固化,并在测量前在25℃/50%RH下再适应。Table 6 shows the 25°C electro-optical data for Adhesive M of the prototype ink overcoated onto a release layer at low and high wet film build, illustrating the impact of electro-optically active functional groups and low coating weight adhesive. The 3-layer pixel was cured at 50°C/50% RH and reconditioned at 25°C/50% RH before measurement.

实施例21.层压到开放油墨Example 21. Lamination to open ink

在该实施例中,将粘合剂施加到电极基板(例如3层结构)或到剥离基板(例如2层结构),接着层压到油墨表面。然后进行第二固化以实现两界面的最终机械和电光性质发展。In this embodiment, the adhesive is applied to the electrode substrate (e.g., 3-layer structure) or to the release substrate (e.g., 2-layer structure), and then laminated to the ink surface. A second cure is then performed to achieve the final mechanical and electro-optical property development of the two interfaces.

将粘合剂B(酸、环状碳酸酯、硅烷官能团)和粘合剂L(酸、吡咯烷酮、硅烷官能团)均与碳二亚胺交联剂混合(用于阶段I固化(第一固化)),以1.5密耳湿成膜量(约7-9g/m2的干燥粘合剂)涂布于剥离基板,在横吸式烘箱中干燥并层压到1密耳电极基板上的原型油墨。将粘合剂表面直接层压到碳背板,或者层压到市售SSL,然后再将其层压到碳背板。由通过缩合机理引入的三甲氧基硅烷官能团提供阶段II固化(第二固化)。作为对比例,将1密耳电极基板上的开放油墨层压到SSL(2层各为5g/m2的粘合剂重量;10g/m2的总涂层重量)。将SSL以最低限度交联,从而实现粘合剂流变性和双重固化对层压质量的影响的直接比较。在对比例中形成一些空隙是明显的(通过切换效应间接观察到的),而具有粘合剂B的像素当切换时无层压空隙的迹象。此外,如表8所示,用粘合剂B得到改善的WS L*值。Adhesive B (acid, cyclic carbonate, silane functionality) and Adhesive L (acid, pyrrolidone, silane functionality) were both mixed with a carbodiimide crosslinker (for Stage I cure (first cure)) and applied to a release substrate at 1.5 mil wet build (approximately 7-9 g/ m2 of dry adhesive), dried in a hood oven, and laminated to a prototype ink on a 1 mil electrode substrate. The adhesive surface was either laminated directly to a carbon backing or to a commercial SSL, which was then laminated to a carbon backing. Stage II cure (second cure) was provided by the trimethoxysilane functionality introduced via a condensation mechanism. As a comparative example, an open ink on a 1 mil electrode substrate was laminated to an SSL (2 layers of 5 g/ m2 adhesive weight each; total coating weight of 10 g/ m2 ). The SSL was minimally crosslinked to enable a direct comparison of the effects of adhesive rheology and dual cure on lamination quality. Some void formation was evident in the comparative example (observed indirectly by the switching effect), whereas the pixels with Adhesive B showed no evidence of lamination voids when switched. Additionally, as shown in Table 8, improved WS L* values were obtained with Adhesive B.

表7.Table 7.

表7显示与使用二层市售SSL(5g/m2的粘合剂重量;10g/m2的总粘合剂涂层重量)层压到1密耳电极上的原型油墨而制成的2层像素相比,层压到1密耳电极基板上的原型油墨的粘合剂B和粘合剂L的2或3层DTI像素的初始和30秒L*值。将实验性粘合剂在1密耳电极上涂布成~1.5密耳湿棒高度,相当于~7-9g/m2的干燥粘合剂。Table 7 shows the initial and 30-second L* values for 2- or 3- layer DTI pixels of Adhesive B and Adhesive L of the prototype inks laminated to a 1-mil electrode substrate, compared to a 2-layer pixel made using two layers of commercial SSL (5 g/m 2 adhesive weight; 10 g/m 2 total adhesive coating weight) laminated to a 1-mil electrode. The experimental adhesives were coated to a wet bar height of ~1.5 mils on a 1-mil electrode, equivalent to ~7-9 g/m 2 of dry adhesive.

可通过层压粘合剂获得的电光改善的另外的实施例显示在表8中。在该情况下,将粘合剂以3.5密耳湿涂层厚度涂布于5密耳电极基板,干燥,并层压到剥离基板上的原型油墨。使用对比水性聚氨酯分散体(对照)作为对比。在30秒时观察到粘合剂的WS L*为76和DSL*为18。Additional examples of electro-optical improvements that can be obtained by laminating adhesives are shown in Table 8. In this case, the adhesive was applied to a 5 mil electrode substrate at a 3.5 mil wet coating thickness, dried, and laminated to a prototype ink on a peel-off substrate. A comparative aqueous polyurethane dispersion (control) was used as a comparison. At 30 seconds, a WS L* of 76 and a DSL* of 18 were observed for the adhesive.

表8Table 8

表8显示层压到原型开放油墨的粘合剂M与层压到相同油墨的对比性对照相比的25℃ t=0电光数据。像素为在25℃和50%RH下适应的3层石墨。Table 8 shows the 25°C t=0 electro-optical data for Adhesive M laminated to a prototype open ink compared to a comparative control laminated to the same ink. Pixels are 3 layers of graphite conditioned at 25°C and 50% RH.

实施例22.混合粘合剂固化Example 22. Curing of mixed adhesive

混合粘合剂A的流变性曲线显示在图12中。图示了固化前和固化后曲线。在图12中,将阶段I(热塑性干燥)和阶段II(酸-环氧基共价交联)固化粘合剂的剪切储存模量(G’)和剪切损失模量(G”)作为温度的函数绘图。G’中的高温平台与交联(经阶段II固化)的材料的相对低的tanδ相结合的组合说明固化效率。使用聚氨酯的交叉温度(Tc),即tanδ(损失模量与储存模量的比例)等于1且材料开始呈现较粘流动的温度,来估计干燥和层压期间粘合剂使油墨表面平坦化的相对容易性。如在tanδ的图中(未显示)所见到的,经阶段I固化(热塑性干燥)的混合粘合剂A的Tc比母体未改性的聚氨酯高大约10-15℃,而使其一般适合用作低涂层重量的平坦化粘合剂。用混合粘合剂实现改善的流变性,而为了使用市售粘合剂有效率地使油墨表面平坦化则需要显著更高的涂层重量的粘合剂层。The rheological profile of mixed adhesive A is shown in Figure 12. The profile is shown before and after curing. In Figure 12, the shear storage modulus (G') and shear loss modulus (G") of the Stage I (thermoplastic drying) and Stage II (acid-epoxy covalent crosslinking) cured adhesives are plotted as a function of temperature. The combination of the high temperature plateau in G' and the relatively low tan δ of the crosslinked (Stage II cured) material indicates cure efficiency. The crossover temperature (Tc) of the polyurethane, i.e., the temperature at which tan δ (the ratio of loss modulus to storage modulus) equals 1 and the material begins to exhibit a relatively viscous flow, is used to estimate the relative ease with which the adhesive planarizes the ink surface during drying and lamination. As can be seen in the tan δ plot (not shown), the Tc of hybrid adhesive A, cured by Stage I (thermoplastic drying), is approximately 10-15°C higher than that of the parent unmodified polyurethane, making it generally suitable for use as a planarizing adhesive at low coat weights. The improved rheology achieved with the hybrid adhesive would require significantly higher coat weights of adhesive layers to effectively planarize the ink surface using commercial adhesives.

混合粘合剂A的施加通过以下进行:将粘合剂流体外涂布到开放油墨,在加热烘箱中干燥(阶段I固化),层压剥离基板,随后是阶段II固化(化学交联),使得形成相对非常薄(油墨-粘合剂总厚度为约23-24微米)且具有非常低水平的空隙缺陷的油墨-粘合剂涂层。相应的市售油墨-粘合剂涂层为大约40微米厚。图13-14为具有涂布成8g/m2(干燥涂层重量)的混合粘合剂A的2层油墨-粘合剂堆叠的横截面的SEM显微照片,其展示平坦化和相对无缺陷(空隙)的粘合剂-油墨界面,且示出了油墨-粘合剂涂层的总厚度。由该前板层压材料(FPL)制成的测试玻璃显示器的高温应力测试未导致任何缺陷形成,证实了在阶段II固化后形成足够的机械性能。Hybrid Adhesive A was applied by overcoating the adhesive fluid onto the open ink, drying in a heated oven (Stage I cure), laminating to a peelable substrate, followed by Stage II cure (chemical crosslinking), resulting in an ink-adhesive coating that was relatively thin (total ink-adhesive thickness of approximately 23-24 microns) and had very low levels of void defects. A corresponding commercially available ink-adhesive coating was approximately 40 microns thick. Figures 13-14 are SEM micrographs of a cross-section of a two-layer ink-adhesive stack with Hybrid Adhesive A applied at 8 g/m 2 (dry coating weight), demonstrating a flattened and relatively defect-free (void) adhesive-ink interface, and the total thickness of the ink-adhesive coating is shown. High-temperature stress testing of a test glass display made from this frontplane laminate (FPL) did not result in any defect formation, confirming the development of adequate mechanical properties after Stage II cure.

实施例23.具有多种交联试剂的聚氨酯粘合剂Example 23. Polyurethane Adhesives with Multiple Crosslinking Agents

在该实施例中,将Tc相对低的聚氨酯与两种不同的交联试剂组合,所述两种不同的交联试剂在与聚氨酯主链上的反应性官能团交联的相对速率方面不同。在粘合剂施加的干燥和层压期间实现阶段I交联,提供可实现后续处理步骤的期望的流变性。在FPL的固化适应循环期间主要发生阶段II交联。例如,图15示出了将碳二亚胺和环氧基交联剂用于具有明显不同的交联速率的聚氨酯(PU)。In this example, a polyurethane with a relatively low Tc is combined with two different crosslinking agents that differ in their relative rates of crosslinking with reactive functional groups on the polyurethane backbone. Stage I crosslinking is achieved during drying and lamination of the adhesive application, providing the desired rheological properties that enable subsequent processing steps. Stage II crosslinking primarily occurs during the cure conditioning cycle of the FPL. For example, Figure 15 shows the use of carbodiimide and epoxy crosslinkers for polyurethanes (PUs) with significantly different crosslinking rates.

将聚氨酯分散体与2重量%的环氧基和4.8重量%的碳二亚胺混合,外涂布到PET-ITO上的开放油墨,干燥,并层压到低表面能剥离基板。在干燥/层压阶段之后,碳二亚胺交联剂的固化相对完全,环氧基交联剂的固化随后在60℃下在5日内进行。粘合剂系统(粘合剂J)的流变性曲线绘制在图16中。图示了固化前和固化后(经阶段II)曲线。在图16中,将剪切储存模量(G’)和剪切损失模量(G”)作为温度的函数绘图。对于固化材料,G’中的高温平台结合相对低tanδ的组合显示了交联效率。图17A-17B为具有以7g/m2涂布的粘合剂J的2层油墨-粘合剂堆叠的横截面的SEM显微照片,显示平坦化和相对无缺陷(空隙)的粘合剂-油墨界面,并且示出了油墨-粘合剂涂层的总厚度。由该FPL制成的测试玻璃显示器的高温应力测试未导致任何缺陷的形成,证实了在交联后形成足够的机械性能。A polyurethane dispersion was mixed with 2 wt% epoxy and 4.8 wt% carbodiimide, overcoated as an open ink on PET-ITO, dried, and laminated to a low-surface-energy release substrate. After the drying/lamination stage, the carbodiimide crosslinker cures relatively completely, while the epoxy crosslinker cures subsequently at 60°C over 5 days. The rheological profile of the adhesive system (Adhesive J) is plotted in Figure 16. The curves are shown before and after cure (via Stage II). In FIG16 , the shear storage modulus (G′) and shear loss modulus (G″) are plotted as a function of temperature. The combination of a high temperature plateau in G′ and a relatively low tan δ for the cured material indicates cross-linking efficiency. FIG17A-17B are SEM micrographs of a cross-section of a 2-layer ink-adhesive stack with Adhesive J coated at 7 g/m 2 , showing a flat and relatively defect-free (void) adhesive-ink interface, and the total thickness of the ink-adhesive coating is shown. High temperature stress testing of a test glass display made from this FPL did not result in the formation of any defects, confirming the development of adequate mechanical properties after cross-linking.

实施例24.采用两种交联试剂的双重固化粘合剂Example 24. Dual-cure adhesive using two cross-linking agents

以下实施例说明包括两次基于交联的固化的双重固化。The following examples illustrate dual cure comprising two cross-linking based cures.

粘合剂,如粘合剂J,使用端基单体-碳酸甘油酯/2-羟乙基吡咯烷酮的混合物合成聚氨酯分散体。双重(共价)交联固化利用聚氨酯上的羧酸官能团与碳二亚胺和环氧基交联剂反应。粘合剂J与以下量的交联剂一起使用:Adhesives, such as Adhesive J, are synthesized using a polyurethane dispersion with a mixture of end monomers—glycerol carbonate/2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone. Dual (covalent) crosslinking cure utilizes the carboxylic acid functional groups on the polyurethane to react with carbodiimide and epoxy crosslinkers. Adhesive J is used with the following amounts of crosslinker:

样品I:样品I:4.8重量%的碳二亚胺交联剂(单次固化)Sample I: Sample I: 4.8 wt% carbodiimide crosslinker (single cure)

样品II:8.0重量%的碳二亚胺交联剂(单次固化)Sample II: 8.0 wt% carbodiimide crosslinker (single cure)

样品III:4.8重量%的碳二亚胺交联剂+2.1重量%的环氧基交联剂(双重固化)Sample III: 4.8 wt% carbodiimide crosslinker + 2.1 wt% epoxy crosslinker (dual cure)

样品IV:8.0重量%的碳二亚胺交联剂+1.0重量%的环氧基交联剂(双重固化)Sample IV: 8.0 wt% carbodiimide crosslinker + 1.0 wt% epoxy crosslinker (dual cure)

使用上述方法,监测阶段I固化期间(烘箱干燥+环境保持+热层压)的交联剂消耗。在将涂布的粘合剂流体用烘箱干燥之后,将样品I和II在环境温度下的碳二亚胺官能团损失作为时间的函数绘图。然后使用碳二亚胺峰面积与CH峰面积的比例定量碳二亚胺损失。2小时后的碳二亚胺残余含量为碳二亚胺初始含量的函数,但在两种样品中均相对低。这说明在阶段I固化(烘箱干燥+环境保持+热层压)结束时,即使是碳二亚胺的两种含量中较高的含量下,碳二亚胺交联剂在阶段II固化之前也已经发生基本上完全消耗。Using the above method, the crosslinker consumption during stage I curing (oven drying + ambient holding + hot lamination) was monitored. After the applied adhesive fluid was oven dried, the carbodiimide functional group loss of samples I and II at ambient temperature was plotted as a function of time. The carbodiimide loss was then quantified using the ratio of the carbodiimide peak area to the CH peak area. The residual carbodiimide content after 2 hours was a function of the initial carbodiimide content, but was relatively low in both samples. This indicates that at the end of stage I curing (oven drying + ambient holding + hot lamination), even at the higher of the two carbodiimide levels, the carbodiimide crosslinker had been essentially completely consumed before stage II curing.

虽然本文已经描述和说明了本发明的若干实施方案,但是本领域普通技术人员将容易想到用于执行功能和/或获得结果和/或本文描述的一个或多个优点的各种其它装置和/或结构,并且每个这样的变化和/或修改均视为是在本发明的范围内。更通常地,本领域技术人员将容易理解,本文所描述的所有参数、尺寸、材料和配置意指示例性的,并且实际参数、尺寸、材料和/或配置可依使用本发明的教导的特定应用或多种应用而定。本领域技术人员将认识到,或仅仅使用常规实验就能够确定本文所述的本发明的具体实施方案的许多等同方案。因此,应该理解的是,前述实施方案仅以实例的方式呈现,并且在所附权利要求及其等同方案的范围内,本发明可以以与具体描述和要求保护的方式不同的方式实施。本发明涉及本文描述的每个单一特征、系统、制品、材料、套件和/或方法。此外,如果这样的特征、系统、制品、材料、套件和/或方法不相互矛盾,则两个或更多个这样的特征、系统、制品、材料、套件和/或方法的任何组合都包括在本发明的范围内。Although several embodiments of the present invention have been described and illustrated herein, a person of ordinary skill in the art will readily devise various other means and/or structures for performing the functions and/or obtaining the results and/or one or more advantages described herein, and each such variation and/or modification is considered to be within the scope of the present invention. More generally, those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that all parameters, dimensions, materials, and configurations described herein are intended to be exemplary, and that actual parameters, dimensions, materials, and/or configurations may vary depending on the specific application or applications in which the teachings of the present invention are used. Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using only routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the present invention described herein. Therefore, it should be understood that the foregoing embodiments are presented by way of example only, and that, within the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents, the present invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described and claimed. The present invention relates to each individual feature, system, article, material, kit, and/or method described herein. In addition, any combination of two or more such features, systems, articles, materials, kits, and/or methods is included within the scope of the present invention, provided that such features, systems, articles, materials, kits, and/or methods are not mutually inconsistent.

所有通过引用并入本文的专利申请和专利的全部内容通过引用并入本文。在冲突的情况下,以本说明书,包括定义为准。在本说明书和通过引用并入的文献包括矛盾和/或不一致的公开内容的情况下,以本说明书为准。如果通过引用并入的两个或更多文献包括相互之间矛盾和/或不一致的公开内容,则以生效日较晚的文献为准。All patent applications and patents incorporated herein by reference are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the event of a conflict, this specification, including definitions, will control. In the event that this specification and a document incorporated by reference contain conflicting and/or inconsistent disclosures, this specification will control. If two or more documents incorporated by reference contain conflicting and/or inconsistent disclosures, the document with the later effective date will control.

除非有明确的相反指示,在本文中使用的不定冠词“一(a)”和“一(an)”应理解为意指“至少一”。Unless expressly indicated to the contrary, the indefinite articles "a" and "an" as used herein should be understood to mean "at least one".

如本文所使用的短语“和/或”应理解为意指如此结合的要素中的“任一或两者”,即在一些情况下结合地存在且在其它情况下分离地存在的要素。除了由“和/或”从句具体指出的要素之外,除非有明确的相反指示,其它要素可以任选地存在,无论与那些具体指出的要素相关还是不相关。因此,作为非限制性示例,当与诸如“包括”的开放式语言结合使用时,对“A和/或B”的提及在一个实施方案中可以指代有A无B(任选地包括除B以外的其它要素);在另一个实施方案中,指代有B无A(任选地包括除A以外的其它要素);在又一个实施方案中,指代A和B两者(任选地包括其它要素);等等。As used herein, the phrase "and/or" should be understood to mean "either or both" of the elements so combined, i.e., elements that are present in combination in some cases and separately in other cases. In addition to the elements specifically identified by the "and/or" clause, other elements may optionally be present, whether related or unrelated to those specifically identified elements, unless expressly indicated to the contrary. Thus, as a non-limiting example, when used in conjunction with open language such as "comprising," a reference to "A and/or B" may, in one embodiment, refer to A without B (optionally including other elements in addition to B); in another embodiment, to B without A (optionally including other elements in addition to A); in yet another embodiment, to both A and B (optionally including other elements); and so on.

如本文所使用的,“或”应理解为具有与如上所定义的“和/或”相同的含义。例如,当将列表中的项目分开时,“或”或“和/或”应被解释为包含性的,即包含众多或列举的要素中的至少一个,但也包括多于一个,以及任选地另外未列出的项目。仅当术语有明确相反指示,如“仅之一”或“恰好之一”,或者当在权利要求中使用时,“由......组成”将指代包括恰好一个要素或一列要素。一般来说,当前面有排他性术语,如“任一”、“之一”、“只有之一”或“恰好之一”时,本文所使用的术语“或”应当仅被解释为表示排他性供选择的方案(即“一个或另一个但不是两个”)。当用于权利要求中时,“基本上由...组成”应具有其在专利法领域中使用的普通含义。As used herein, "or" should be understood to have the same meaning as "and/or" as defined above. For example, when separating items in a list, "or" or "and/or" should be interpreted as inclusive, i.e., including at least one of the numerous or listed elements, but also including more than one, and optionally additionally unlisted items. Only when the term is clearly indicated to the contrary, such as "only one of" or "exactly one of", or when used in a claim, "consisting of..." will refer to the inclusion of exactly one element or a list of elements. In general, when preceded by an exclusive term, such as "either", "one of", "only one of" or "exactly one of", the term "or" as used herein should only be interpreted as indicating exclusive alternatives (i.e., "one or the other but not both"). When used in a claim, "essentially consisting of..." should have its ordinary meaning as used in the field of patent law.

Claims (15)

1.一种电光组件,其包含包括第一种类型的封端基团和第二种类型的封端基团的聚氨酯层,所述第一种类型的封端基团为式(XII)的环状碳酸酯:1. An electro-optic component comprising a polyurethane layer including a first type of end-capping group and a second type of end-capping group, wherein the first type of end-capping group is a cyclic carbonate of formula (XII): 其中:in: R1选自氢、任选地取代的烷基、任选地取代的杂烷基、任选地取代的芳基、任选地取代的杂芳基、任选地取代的卤代基和羟基;R 1 is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted halogroup and hydroxyl. L为连接基团,任选地不存在;L is a linking group, which may be absent by choice; n为1-4;和n is 1-4; and 表示连接到聚氨酯的键的位置;并且Indicates the location of the bond connected to the polyurethane; and 所述第二种类型的封端基团为吡咯烷酮。The second type of end-capping group is pyrrolidone. 2.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中L为任选地取代的亚烷基或任选地取代的杂亚烷基。2. The electro-optical assembly of claim 1, wherein L is an optionally substituted alkylene group or an optionally substituted heteroalkylene group. 3.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中R1为氢。3. The electro-optical component as claimed in claim 1, wherein R1 is hydrogen. 4.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中所述吡咯烷酮包含式(XVI):4. The electro-optical assembly of claim 1, wherein the pyrrolidone comprises formula (XVI): 其中:in: 每个R2是相同的或不同的,并且选自氢、任选地取代的烷基、任选地取代的杂烷基、任选地取代的芳基、任选地取代的杂芳基;Each R 2 is the same or different, and is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl; M为连接基团,任选地不存在;和M is a linking group, which may optionally be absent; and 表示连接到聚氨酯的键的位置。This indicates the location of the bond connected to the polyurethane. 5.如权利要求4所述的电光组件,其中M为任选地取代的亚烷基或任选地取代的杂亚烷基。5. The electro-optical assembly of claim 4, wherein M is an optionally substituted alkylene group or an optionally substituted heteroalkylene group. 6.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中所述聚氨酯层还包含第三种类型的封端基团,所述第三种类型的封端基团包含式(XXXIII)的硅烷:6. The electro-optic component of claim 1, wherein the polyurethane layer further comprises a third type of end-capping group, the third type of end-capping group comprising a silane of formula (XXXIII): 其中:in: L为连接基团,任选地不存在;L is a linking group, which may be absent by choice; 每个R3是相同的或不同的,并且包含-(CH2)n-或-O-(CH2)nEach R3 is either the same or different, and contains -( CH2 ) n- or -O-( CH2 ) n ; 每个n是相同的或不同的,并且为1-4;和Each n is either the same or different, and is between 1 and 4; and 表示连接到聚氨酯的键的位置。This indicates the location of the bond connected to the polyurethane. 7.如权利要求6所述的电光组件,其中L为任选地取代的亚烷基或任选地取代的杂亚烷基。7. The electro-optical assembly of claim 6, wherein L is an optionally substituted alkylene group or an optionally substituted heteroalkylene group. 8.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中所述环状碳酸酯封端基团与第二种类型的封端基团的比例为1:2至2:1。8. The electro-optical assembly of claim 1, wherein the ratio of the cyclic carbonate end-capping group to the second type of end-capping group is 1:2 to 2:1. 9.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中所述聚氨酯通过二异氰酸酯化合物与至少一种类型的二醇的反应,接着与环状碳酸酯封端试剂和包含吡咯烷酮的第二种类型的封端试剂的反应形成。9. The electro-optical assembly of claim 1, wherein the polyurethane is formed by reacting a diisocyanate compound with at least one type of diol, followed by a reaction with a cyclic carbonate end-capping agent and a second type of end-capping agent comprising pyrrolidone. 10.如权利要求9所述的电光组件,其中所述二异氰酸酯为4,4’-亚甲基双(异氰酸环己酯)。10. The electro-optical assembly of claim 9, wherein the diisocyanate is 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexyl isocyanate). 11.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中所述封端环状碳酸酯以相对于不包含任何溶剂的总组合物2重量%至10重量%的重量百分比提供。11. The electro-optical assembly of claim 1, wherein the end-capped cyclic carbonate is provided in a weight percentage of 2% to 10% relative to the total composition which does not contain any solvent. 12.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中所述封端环状碳酸酯以聚氨酯的5-15摩尔%提供。12. The electro-optical assembly of claim 1, wherein the end-capped cyclic carbonate is provided as 5-15 mol% of polyurethane. 13.如权利要求1所述的电光组件,其中所述第一种类型的封端基团和第二种类型的封端基团以相对于不包含任何溶剂的总组合物2重量%至10重量%的重量百分比提供。13. The electro-optic component of claim 1, wherein the first type of end-capping group and the second type of end-capping group are provided in a weight percentage of 2% to 10% by weight relative to the total composition which does not contain any solvent. 14.一种电光显示器,其包括如权利要求1所述的电光组件。14. An electro-optical display comprising the electro-optical component as claimed in claim 1. 15.如权利要求14所述的电光显示器,其中所述电光组件包含封装的电泳介质。15. The electro-optic display of claim 14, wherein the electro-optic component comprises an encapsulated electrophoretic medium.
HK18108720.0A 2015-09-30 2016-09-29 Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies HK1249126B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US62/235480 2015-09-30
US62/235580 2015-10-01

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
HK42021034923.9A Division HK40044763B (en) 2015-09-30 2018-07-05 Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
HK42021034923.9A Addition HK40044763B (en) 2015-09-30 2018-07-05 Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
HK1249126A1 HK1249126A1 (en) 2018-10-26
HK1249126B true HK1249126B (en) 2021-07-30

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11286408B2 (en) Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies
EP1415193B1 (en) Electro-optical display having a lamination adhesive layer
TWI757905B (en) An adhesive composition comprising a polyurethane and a cationic dopant
HK1249126B (en) Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies
HK40044763B (en) Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies
HK40044763A (en) Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies
HK1249126A1 (en) Polyurethane adhesive layers for electro-optic assemblies
HK40101358A (en) An adhesive composition comprising a polyurethane and a cationic dopant
HK40064677A (en) An adhesive composition comprising a polyurethane and a cationic dopant
HK40064677B (en) An adhesive composition comprising a polyurethane and a cationic dopant